LIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 University of California. 
 
 RECEIVED BY EXCHANGE 
 
 Class 
 
 
Digitized by the- Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/ellipsisinoldfreOOknicrich 
 
ELLIPSIS IN OLD FRENCH 
 
ELLIPSIS IN OLD FRENCH 
 
 WILLIAM EDWIN KNICKERBOCKER 
 
 SUBMITTED IN PARTIAL FULFILMENT OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF 
 
 DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY, IN THE FACULTY OF PHILOSOPHY, 
 
 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 
 
 NEW YORK 
 191 I 
 
TO MY WIFE 
 
 This Work Is Affectionately 
 Dedicated 
 
 232999 
 
NOTE. 
 
 The following dissertation waa examined by the De- 
 partment of Eomanee Languages and Literatures of 
 Columbia University and, being accounted a valuable 
 tho at certain interesting points a debatable contribu- 
 tion to the history of Old French syntax, was accepted 
 in partial fulfilment of the requirement for the degree 
 of doctor of philosophy. 
 
 Henry Alfred Todd. 
 
 Columbia University, January, 1911. 
 
PEEFACE. 
 
 The subject of the present study was suggested by 
 Professor Henry A. Todd, of Columbia University, and 
 a paper on this topic was written for the Seminar in 
 Komance Philology conducted by him. This work was 
 the beginning of the investigations whose results are 
 herein recorded. The author is deeply indebted to Pro- 
 fessor Todd, and gladly takes this opportunity to express 
 sincere appreciation of his constant kindness and learned 
 advice. 
 
 The author also acknowledges with gratitude his in- 
 debtedness to Professor Adolphe Cohn, Professor Carlo 
 L. Speranza and Professor Louis A. Loiseaux for the 
 training he received from them as a student of Eomance 
 languages and literatures. 
 
 W. E. K. 
 
 New York City, Januaby, 1911. 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Introduction 15 
 
 Texts Examined 17 
 
 Principal Works Consulted 19 
 
 Periodicals Consulted 21 
 
 CHAPTEB 
 
 I. Coalescence 23 
 
 Preposition a 23 
 
 Preposition de 25 
 
 Conjunction et (no ellipsis; correction of 
 
 readings ) 26 
 
 Adverb i (y) 26 
 
 Le, la, les before W, lor 27 
 
 Non-ellipsis of Ze, to, les before li, lor 29 
 
 Conjunction se 30 
 
 Pronoun se 30 
 
 II. Non-repetition of closely recurring words and 
 
 syllables 33 
 
 Preposition de 33 
 
 Pronoun en (note on its personal use) 34 
 
 Verb merd — origin of the Modern French use 
 
 of merci expressing thanks 34 
 
 Mes — airb kolvov (see p. 41) 37 
 
 Adverb ne 37 
 
 Conjunction que 38 
 
 Sufax -ment 39 
 
 Prefixes 
 
 BeS' 39 
 
 S'entre- (note on atonic form of the re- 
 flexive pronoun before an infinitive) 39 
 
 Re- 40 
 
 Groups of Words — an-d KOivov 41 
 
 III. The Noun 43 
 
 Non-repetition of the Noun 45 
 
12 TAiiLE OF Contents. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 IV. The Adjective 48 
 
 The Possessive Adjective 49 
 
 The Article 49 
 
 The Definite Article 50 
 
 The Indefinite Article 53 
 
 Non-repetition of the Adjective 53 
 
 The Possessive Adjective 54 
 
 The Definite Article 54 
 
 V. The Pronoun 56 
 
 The Nominative Pronoun — origin of the 
 
 Modern French form of interrogation . . 66 
 
 The Accusative Pronoun 57 
 
 Simple ellipsis (see reflexive pronoun) .... 57 
 
 Before a Dative Pronoun 58 
 
 Noun serving as object to two verbs 59 
 
 Referring to a phrase or fact 60 
 
 The Predicate Pronoun (use of si) 61 
 
 The Reflexive Pronoun 63 
 
 Origin of the stressed form of the Pro- 
 noun before an Infinitive governed by 
 
 a Preposition (63)-68 
 
 Verbs used refiexively and non-reflexively 70 
 
 Reflexive Verbs 72 
 
 Non-reflexive Verbs 73 
 
 After Prepositions 76 
 
 Before a repetition of the Pronoun 78 
 
 The Dative Pronoun 78 
 
 L' = li 78 
 
 Pronoun en 79 
 
 Demonstrative Pronoun cil 81 
 
 Demonstrative Pronoun ce 83 
 
 The Relative Pronoun 85 
 
 Indeflnite qui (" whoever ") 86 
 
 Non-repetition of the Pronoun 87 
 
 The Accusative Pronoun 87 
 
 Pronoun in the Dative Case not repeated 
 
 in the Accusative 88 
 
 The Reflexive Pronoun 89 
 
Table of Contents. 13 
 
 V. The Pronoun — Continued. page 
 
 The Dative Pronoun 89 
 
 Pronoun in the Accusative Case not re- 
 peated in the Dative 90 
 
 Pronoun en 91 
 
 Demonstrative Pronouns oil and ce 91 
 
 The Relative Pronoun 91 
 
 VI. The Verb 93 
 
 Causative Verb faire 95 
 
 The Infinitive with pooir 99 
 
 Auxiliary Verb avoir omitted when replacing 
 
 estre 100 
 
 In the second term of a comparison 100 
 
 Before the repetition of the Verb 100 
 
 Non-repetition of the Verb 100 
 
 In the same form with the same word for 
 
 the subject 100 
 
 In the same form with a different word for 
 
 the subject 103 
 
 In coordinate clauses of parallel construc- 
 tion 103 
 
 Origin of the use of a singular verb with 
 
 a plural subject (103)-105 
 
 Form of the Verb variable, with the same 
 
 word for the subject 106 
 
 Depending on a Verb in a second clause. . . 106 
 
 8e . . . non 106 
 
 In a different form referring to a different 
 
 subject 108 
 
 Faire que sages — meaning of qu^ 108 
 
 Verb replaced by faire 112 
 
 In the second term of a comparison 112 
 
 VII. The Adverb 113 
 
 Non-repetition of the Adverb 117 
 
 Modifying Verbs 117 
 
 Modifying Adjectives 120 
 
 Modifying Adverbs 121 
 
 VIII. The Preposition 122 
 
 A 122 
 
 The Indirect Object 124 
 
 Before dependent infinitives 126 
 
14 Table of Contents. 
 
 VIII. The Preposition — Continued. page 
 
 De 126 
 
 With Nouns and Adverbs of Quantity 128 
 
 Use of de with the Article before Adverbs 
 
 of Quantity 128 
 
 En, o, par 129 
 
 Pot 131 
 
 Use of que in the sense of " why " 131 
 
 Non-repetition of the Preposition 133 
 
 IX. The Conjunction 137 
 
 Non-repetition of the Conjunction 140 
 
 X. The Phrase 145 
 
 Au 145 
 
 Introduced by de 145 
 
 Por savoir 147 
 
 Introduced by que 147 
 
 In expressions in which que is followed by 
 
 an Infinitive 147 
 
 Probable origin of qui ainz ainz 149 
 
 In expressions such as faire que sages (see 
 
 p. 108 ) , saluer come frans 149 
 
 Origin of the Modern French use of et qui for 
 
 qui 150 
 
 After si 150 
 
 After tant 150 
 
 After trop 151 
 
 Formation of the superlative 151 
 
 Caused by a following expression of the 
 
 same idea 153 
 
 Non-repetition of the Phrase 152 
 
 After si and tant 153 
 
 In a different form 153 
 
 OiCy oil, naie, nenil 153 
 
 Conclusion 155 
 
 Vita 157 
 
IJSTTRODUCTIOK 
 
 Ellipsis is the omission of words or groups of words 
 which are obviously understood. When, then, a word is 
 not used in cases in which usage has not made its em- 
 ployment of such regular occurrence as to cause its omis- 
 sion to be felt as such, there is no true case of ellipsis. 
 Certain omissions of this kind, however, are necessarily 
 included in a study of ellipsis. 
 
 In Old French, ellipsis divides itself into two classes : 
 (1) conscious or intentional omission — as. Come il 
 chanja (sc. color), come il pali, Cliges 4364 — by far the 
 more usual, and found probably in all languages; (2) 
 unconscious or unintentional omission — as, il ira for 
 il i ira — which is the result of a purely phonetic develop- 
 ment. On a division of the first class — that of the non- 
 repetition of words — there have been written three dis- 
 sertations — ^by H. Hirschberg, L. Klatt and E. Lotz — 
 which, however, are incomplete, and do not preclude its 
 treatment here. 
 
 In our study of the ellipses found in Old French — 
 which are particularly numerous as the language did 
 not undergo the conservative influence of grammarians 
 — the ordinary omissions have been given only the small 
 attention they have seemed to require, while the more in- 
 teresting ellipses have received detailed exposition, often 
 leading to attempts to explain their origin (see, e. g., 
 Chapters I and II, particularly '' le, la, les before li, lor/' 
 p. 27, and '' merci/' p. 34; the origin of the Modern 
 French form of interrogation, p. 56; the use of the 
 
16 Introduction. 
 
 stressed form of the pronoun before an infinitive gov- 
 erned by a preposition, p. 68; a singular verb with a 
 plural subject, p. 105; que meaning "why/^ p. 131; qui 
 ainz ainz, p. 149) ; and concerning certain words and 
 constructions, attempts have also been made to give a 
 clearer conception of their meaning (as fair& que sages 
 etc., p. 108) and of their use (the personal use of en, 
 p. 34; atonic pronouns before infinitives, p. 39; V for 
 the dative li, p. 78; qui, p. 85; verbs with a causative 
 meaning, p. 95; ne, p. 37, etc.). 
 
 For this study, texts of the earliest centuries only have 
 been examined — from the Serments de Strasbourg 
 through the twelfth century, and Deu le omnipotent of 
 the thirteenth century — as showing the ellipsis and usage 
 of the language at the earliest stage possible. 
 
 It is believed that the Table of Contents has been 
 made sufficiently complete to render an index super- 
 fluous. 
 
TEXTS EXAMINED 
 
 WITH INDICATION OF ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED. 
 
 Serments Strasb. Les Serments de Strasbourg, in Les plus 
 
 anciens monuments de la langue frangaise, E. Kosch- 
 
 witz, Leipzig, 1902. 
 Ste. Eul. Prose de sainte Eulalie. See Serments Strasb. 
 Pass. La Passion du Christ. See Serments Strasb. 
 St. L6g. La Vie de saint Leger. See Serments Strasb. 
 Gorm. Fragment de Oormund et Isemhard, Robert Heillg- 
 
 brodt, in Boehmer's Romanische Studien, 3 (1878), p. 
 
 501 ff. 
 St. Alex. La Vie de saint Alexis, G. Paris and L. Pannier, 
 
 Paris, 1887. 
 P61. de Ch. (Pdlerinage de Charlemagne) Earls des gros- 
 
 sen Reise nach Jerusalem und Const antinopel, E. Kosch- 
 
 witz, Leipzig, 1900. 
 Rol. La Chanson de Roland, L. C16dat, Paris, sixth edition. 
 Alb6ric, Fragment de VAlheric de Besangon, in K. Bartsch's 
 
 Chrestomathie de Vancien frangais, p. 17; Leipzig, 1884. 
 Gr6g. La Vie du Pape Gregoire le Grand, V. Luzarche, 
 
 Tours, 1857. 
 Reim. Reimpredigt {Grant mal fist Adam), H. Sucliier, 
 
 Halle, 1879. 
 Epoux, Le Mystdre de VEpoux. See Serments Strasb. 
 Erec, Erec und Enide, W. Foerster, Halle, 1896. 
 Clig. Cligis, W. Foerster, Halle, 1901. 
 Auc. Aucassin et Nicolete, H. Suchier, French edition by 
 
 A. Counson, Paderborn, 1903. 
 Ch. L. {Le Chevalier au Lyon) Tvain, W. Foerster, Halle, 
 
 1906. 
 Omnip. Deu le omnipotent. See Reim. 
 
 Alterations in passages quoted from the above works have 
 been made as follows: In citations taken from the Passion, 
 Gormund et Isemhard, Grant mal fist Adam, Aucassin et 
 2 
 
18 Texts Examined. 
 
 Nicolete and Deu le omnipotent, capitals have been used to 
 indicate the first word of each verse; in those from the 
 Passion and Gormund et Isemhard, the sign under the u, 
 showing its close sound, has been omitted, as well as the 
 letters in parenthesis in the latter poem, in which also the 
 letters in brackets have been inserted. 
 
PEINCIPAL WOEKS CONSULTED. 
 
 Appel, C. — Provenzalische Chrestomathie, Leipzig, 1902. 
 Bartsch, K. — Chrestomathie de Vancien frangais, Leipzig, 
 
 1884. 
 Bergmann, K. — Die Ellipse im Neufranzosischen, Freiburg, 
 
 1908. 
 Beyer, B. — Ueber den Oebrauch von " tout " im Alt- und im 
 
 Neufranzosischen, Diss. 72 pp., Berlin, 1905. 
 Constans, L. — Chrestomathie de Vancien frangais, Paris, 
 
 1906. 
 Corte, W. — Ueber die ivirklichen und scheinbaren Ellipsen 
 
 im Franzosischen, Zerbst; Pt. I, 1857; Pt. II, 1863; Pt. 
 
 Ill, 1870. 
 Darmesteter, A. — Vie des mots, Paris, 1887. 
 . Historical French Grammar, English edition by 
 
 A. Hartog, London, 1899. 
 Diez, P. — Orammatik der romanischen Sprachen, Bonn, 1882. 
 Ebering, E. — Syntaktische Studien zu Froissart, in Zts. f. r. 
 
 Ph., 5, 323-376. 
 E5tienne, B. — Essai de grammaire de Vancien frangais, Paris, ^^^-^^ 
 
 1895. 
 Fredenhagen, H. — Ueber den Oebrauch des Artikels in der 
 
 franzosischen Prosa des XIII. Jahrhunderts, Beihefte zu 
 
 Zts. f. r. Ph., Heft 3. 
 Gebhardt, C. — Zur subjektlosen Konstruktion im Alt fran- 
 zosischen, in Zts. f. r. Ph., vol. 20 (1896), pp. 27-50. 
 Gelbrich, P. — Remarques sur Vemploi de Varticle en vieux 
 
 frangais, Diss. 79 pp., Langenbielau, 1881. 
 Gessner, E. — Programm zur Lehre vom franzosischen Pro- 
 
 nomen, Berlin, 1873. 
 Godefroy, F. — Dictionnaire de Vancienne langue frangaise, 
 
 Paris, 1881, 10 vol. 
 Grober, G. — Orundriss der romanischen Philologie, Strass- 
 
 burg, 1888-1901. 
 Hirschberg, H. — Au^lassung und Stellvertretung im Alt- 
 
 franzosischen, Diss. 49 pp., Gottingen, 1878. 
 Horning, A. — Le pronom neutre " il " en langue d'o'il, in 
 
 Rom. Stud., 4, 229 ff. 
 
20 Principal Works Consulted. 
 
 Johannssen, H. — Der Ausdruck des Concessivverhdltniss im 
 
 Altfranzosischen, Diss. 70 pp., Kiel, 1884. 
 / Johnston, O. — Use of " le, la, les " before " me, te, nous, vous, 
 
 ' lui, leur " in Old French, in Mod. Lang. Notes, vol. 15 
 
 (1900), pp. 1-12. 
 Klatt, L. — Die Wiederholung und Auslassung gewisser 
 
 Form- Oder Bestimmungsworter in der Prosa des XIII. 
 
 Jahrhunderts, Diss. 24 pp., Kiel, 1878. 
 Koch, H. — Der Artikel im altfranzosischen Rolandsliede^ 
 
 Diss. 63 pp., Greifswald, 1902. 
 Le Coultre, J. — De Vordre des mots dans Grestien de Troyes, 
 
 in Programm des Vitzthumschen Gymnasiums, Dresden, 
 
 1875. 
 Lotz, E. — Auslassung, Wiederholung und Stellvertretung im 
 
 Altfranzosischen, Diss. 41 pp., Marburg, 1885. 
 
 Maetzner, E. — Franzosische Grammatik, Berlin, 1885. 
 
 w Meyer-Lubke, W. — Chrammaire des langues romanes, Paris, 
 
 1890-1906. 
 Nyrop, K. — Grammaire historique de la langue frangaise, 
 
 Copenhagen; vol. 1 (second ed.), 1904; vol. 2, 1903; vol. 
 
 3, 1908. 
 Paris, G. — La litterature frangaise au moyen dge, Paris, 
 
 1905. 
 Perle, F. — Die Negation im Altfranzosischen, in Zts. f. r. 
 
 Ph., 2, 1-24 and 407-418. 
 Ritchie, R. — Recherches sur la syntaxe de la conjonction 
 
 *• que " dans Vancien frangais. Diss. 197 pp., Paris, 1907. 
 Schayer, S. — Zur Lehre vom Gehrauch des unhestimmten 
 
 Artikels und des Teilungsartikels im Altfranzosischen 
 
 und im Neufranzosischen, in Berliner Beitrage, Diss. 
 
 152 pp., 1897. 
 Schuchardt, H. — Transitive yerl)en aus intransitiv-reflexiven, 
 
 in Zts. f. r. Ph., 32 (1908), p. 231 ff. 
 Schulze, A. — Die Wortstellung im altfranzosischen direkten 
 
 Fragesatze, in Herrigs Archiv, 71, pp. 185-212, 303-356. 
 Stowell, W. — Old French Titles of Respect in Direct Ad- 
 dress, Baltimore, 1908. 
 Tobler, A. — Yermischte Beitrage zur franzosischen Gram- 
 matik, Leipzig; vols. 1 and 2, 1886; vol. 3, 1899; vol. 4, 
 
 1908. 
 Zauner, A. — Romanische Sprachwissenschaft, Leipzig, 1905. 
 
PERIODICALS CONSULTED 
 
 WITH INDICATION OF ABBREVIATIONS EMPLOYED. 
 
 Berliner Beitrage — Berliner Beitrdge zur germanischen und 
 
 romanischen Philologie, ed. by E. Ebering; Berlin, 
 
 1893 ff. 
 Gott. Gel. Anz. — Oottingische QeleUrte Anzeigen, Gottingen, 
 
 1802 ff. 
 Herrigs Archiv — Archiv fur das Studium der neueren 
 
 8prachen und Litteraturen, Elberfeld (later Braun- 
 schweig), 1846 ff. 
 Litbl. — Literaturhlatt fiir germanische und romanische 
 
 Philologie, ed. by O. Behagel and F. Neumann; Heil- 
 
 bronn (later Leipzig), 1880 ff. 
 Mod. Lang. Notes — Modern Language NoteSj ed. by A. 
 
 Elliott; Baltimore, 1886 ff. 
 Revue de phil. fr. — Revue de philologie frangaise et de 
 
 litterature, ed. by L. Cl^dat; Paris, 1887 ff. 
 Rom. — Romania, Paris, 1872 ff. 
 Rom. Forsch. — Romanische Forschungen, ed. by K. Vol- 
 
 moller; Erlangen, 1882 ff. 
 Rom. Stud. — Romanische Studien, ed. by E. Bohmer; vols. 
 
 1-3, Strassburg, 1871-1878; vols. 4-6, Bonn, 1880-1895. 
 Zts. f. r. Ph. — Zeitschrift fiir romanische Philologie, ed. by 
 
 G. Grober; Halle, 1877 ff. 
 Zts. f. vergl. Sprachforseh. N. F. — Zeitschrift fiir vergleich- 
 
 ende Sprachforschung auf dem Oebiete der indogerma- 
 
 nischen Sprachen, Neue Folge, Berlin (later Gutersloh), 
 
 1852 ff. 
 
CHAPTER I. 
 
 Coalescence/ 
 
 The Modem French Je mis hien aise developed from 
 Je sids hien a aise; so the Old French II li done was 
 originally II le li done. If intentional, such omissions 
 would be surprising and their explanation perplexing. 
 But their origin lies in a phonetic reduction which is 
 contrary to logic and grammar, and which results from 
 the fusion of similar sounds: thus the preposition a 
 coalesced with the initial vowel sound of aise. This 
 phase of the study of ellipsis is probably the most in- 
 teresting, and may at first seem the most surprising, but 
 is in reality quite natural, for it is the least violent kind 
 of ellipsis inasmuch as the speaker is unaware of the 
 gradual disappearance of the coalescing word. Other 
 occurrences of coalescence are given below in alphabetical 
 order. 
 
 Preposition a*. 
 
 Both a aise and aise occur in the twelfth century : 
 
 Or estoie je trop a eise, Erec 2590; Ainz va plus else 
 et plus soef Que s^il estoit an une nef, ib. 1401. 
 
 ^ See Kr. Nyrop, Oram., vol. 1, pp. 279-280. 
 
 ^G. Paris (Rom. 29 (1900), pp. 262, 3) shows that ente 
 is contracted from a ente, and that gait apens developed 
 from agait a apens, and agait in turn from a agait. 
 
 The reduction of dehe + ait to dehait (G. P., Rom. 18 
 (1889), p. 469; E. Sheldon, ib. 32 (1903), p. 444) is likewise 
 due to the fusion of vowel sounds; thus: Dehait ore qui por 
 vos i cantera, Auc. 22, 9. When the force of the verb was no 
 longer felt, it was often repeated as a separate word, as: 
 Dehait ait qui ja en parlera, ib. 18, 25. 
 
24 Ellipsis in Old Feench. 
 
 The verb comander ' requires the preposition a before 
 the dependent infinitive/ The omission of this preposi- 
 tion, however, evidently due to absorption, is not infre- 
 quent when the following word begins with a or the pre- 
 ceding word terminates in this sound : 
 
 Sa pucele comande aler Isnelemant a lui parler, Erec 
 153; Ses chevans comande anseler, ib. 1432 and 4283; 
 Comanda gant vaslez beignier/ ib. 2016; Sa fame 
 comande atorner, ib. 2294; Et comanda les corz soner, 
 ib. 2335; Si ot comande a porter* Tantes et pavellons 
 et trez, ib. 3948; Et comanda une esche esprandre, ib. 
 5128; Li rois comanda aprester Le soper, ib. 5580; Si 
 comanda metre sa sele, Ch. L. 727. 
 
 The fusion of the preposition a with the initial vowel 
 of Auste apparently occurs in the following passage from 
 Enfances Ogier:'' 
 
 Tot droit Aiiste est Kalles herbergies. 
 
 It is uncertain that the following is an example of the 
 coalescence of the preposition; this is pointed out by 
 Tobler:'' 
 
 ' The cases in which this verb governs the infinitive with- 
 out a preposition, and in which no fusion could have oc- 
 curred, are few, and in none of those found does the infini- 
 tive immediately follow the principal verb. Examples: 
 
 Les trois chevaus li comandoit Devant li mener et chacier, 
 Erec 2916; Comanderent les couches feire, ib. 4270; Mainte- 
 nant comande fors treire Deus corones de son tresor, ib. 
 6836. 
 
 * Examples will be found in St. Leg. 220; Rol. 1138; Erec 
 2618, 2625, 3656; Clig. 4602; Ch. L. 143, 202, 1988, 2139, 3968, 
 3971. 
 
 ° See Le Coultre, p. 54. 
 
 •Better aporter. Cf. Et fet aporter un antret, ib. 4219; 
 Et fet ses armes aporter^ ib. 4284. 
 
 ^ In Les Chansons de Oeste et les Routes d'ltalie, J. B6dier, 
 Rom., 36 (1907), p. 165, 1. 4. 
 
 »V. B. 1, 182 (article 32) note: " Es ist nicht ganz sicher, 
 dass die Stelle hieher gehort, da avoir apris in der Bedeu- 
 tung * gewohnt sein ' . . . ausser mit a und dem Infinitiv 
 (Ge congnois Hen pieg'a Dangler; II j a apris a ledangier, 
 
Coalescence. 25 
 
 Tant con li hon a plus apris A * delit et a joie vivre, 
 Ch. L. 3578. 
 
 Perhaps the omission of the preposition a in avoir 
 710171 (see p. 122) is due to coalescence, for, in this ex- 
 pression, the verb was probably used most frequently in 
 the third person singular of the present indicative. 
 
 Compare the Portuguese a for a a, and the fusion in 
 Eoumanian of the article a with a final a of the preced- 
 ing word to which it relates, as, piatra (see Zauner, 1, 
 147). The Old Spanish ela reduces to el before a tonic 
 a of the following noun : thus, el alma. 
 
 Be, 
 
 Probably in an imperfect pronunciation of de — as is 
 likely to occur, e. g., in the Modern French comhien de 
 dictionnaires, etc. — is to be seen the cause of the ellipsis 
 of this word in the following passages : 
 
 Ambes levres li fait talier, Anc la langue que aut en 
 quieu. Com si I'aut tot vituperet, Dist Evruins, qui tant 
 fu mels: " Hor at perdut don (sc. de) Dieu parler; 
 Ja nen podrat mais Dieu loder," St. Leg. 157; so also 
 ib. 167; Desire part la citet demie Hue grant Troevent 
 vergiers, Pel. de Ch. 264; S^estut sor les deus piez de- 
 riere, Ch. L. 3398; De treis choses fu (t. e. la passiun), 
 Isi le ai jo lu, E apris de mestre. Di pire matire (Pur 
 veirs le pus dire) ISTe purreit ele estre, Omnip. 32a ; Les 
 mains devant, Aiol 368 °; Les deus poes devant, Doon de 
 Maience, p. 47 " ; Des pies devant, Huon de Bordeaux, 
 p. 55 '; Le trait deriere. Ph. de Thaiin, BesUaires, 35'; 
 La garde riere, Ambroise, La guerre saint e, 1913.* 
 
 A leidir et a menacier, Rose 3140) auch mit reinem Infinitiv 
 vorkommt (cil ki ait apris Estre envoixies et chantans et 
 jolis, Bern. LHs. 467, 2)." 
 
 * When ellipses) might not be immediately recognized, 
 italics have been used to indicate their occurrence. 
 
 • From Nyrop, Oram., vol. 3, p. 328. 
 
26 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Compare the omission of -do of modo in the Italian 
 a mo' d^introduzione, a mo' delle nazioni orientali. 
 
 EL 
 In CUges 5903 — Se je vive ne la te rant, Ou tu m'oci ou 
 tu me pant! — there is probably no assimilation of the con- 
 junction e(t) with the final vowel of vive, which must be 
 viv e — for vif e, as f would be in intervocalic position — 
 since, in the present tense, se does not require the sub- 
 junctive. 
 
 Similar to this are the following passages from Oregoire: 
 Lors aparceit al chief les tables Beles d'ivoire (=ivoir* e) 
 convenables, 37-13; Esp§e ot bone (= bon' e) bien tren- 
 chant, 59-1. 
 
 liY). 
 
 The rarity of the appearance of the adverb i before 
 the future and conditional of aler is due to its coales- 
 cence with the initial vowel of this verb.^* That the ad- 
 verb was used in this position is attested by examples of 
 its survival : 
 
 Vos n^i iroiz, Erec 215; Wi irai pas, ib. 3907; Mes je 
 n^i iroie por rien, ib. 4012; Et bien vos poist, si i iroiz, 
 ib. 4020; Bien otroie qu'il i ira, Clig. 4977; Amis, ains 
 i ira Jehanz, ib. 6284; Lez a lez n'i iroient pas, Lance- 
 lot'' 2179; Et dit: " Aussins i irai gie,'' ib. 2193; " Et 
 je," fet il, " i irai donques," ib. 2291 ; Mes j^i irai se vos 
 volez, ib. 2387. 
 
 But one example has been found of the change to 
 which i and the following t of a verb other than aler 
 were subject: 
 
 Que chascun jor alot veeir Celes (read C'eles, i. e. 
 8'eles) ierent (not i event) e saveeir S^aucuns ne fust 
 qui les remuast, Greg. 70-13. 
 
 ^^ W. Corte, Pt. Ill, p. 36, says: " Y " wird des Wohlklangs 
 wegen bei j'irai und j'irais unterdruckt. 
 "W. Foerster, Halle, 1899. 
 
Coalescence. 27 
 
 The juxtaposition of these two vowel sounds produced 
 a similar result when this adverb followed qui and ^; 
 
 Passet Gironde a molt granz nes qu'i sont, Eol. 3688 ; 
 De eels de France les plus saives qu^i sont, ib. 3703; An 
 tot le chastel n'a remes Home ne fame, droit ne tort, . . . 
 Qui (=: qui i) puisse aler, qui n'i voise, Erec 5698; Et 
 la dameisele i estoit, Qui sa seror deseritoit; Qu^ele avoit 
 puis mout pres tenue La cort, s'atandoit la venue Sa 
 seror, qui (=: qui i) vient et aproche, ib. 5845; — La 
 reine Ganievre i cort Et s^i vint meismes li rois, Erec 
 1524; Et li Francois i fierent et si chaplent, Eol. 1347, 
 in which the adverb would hardly refer to both verbs 
 because of et si. 
 
 Editors print qu'i and s'i, as Cledat and Foerster have 
 done in the above citations, when the need of the pres- 
 ence of the adverb has been noticed. Though this orthog- 
 raphy shows the presence of both words, which was no 
 doubt felt, at least in early times, it is as incorrect as it 
 is advantageous. Would it not be quite as reasonable, 
 and more consistent, to write je ni'rai pas for je n'irai 
 pas, since i is not omitted with any other tense of alerf 
 They are cases of coalescence and not of elision. 
 
 Le, la, les before li, lor. 
 The ellipsis of the accusative pronoun of the third 
 person before the dative pronoun of the same person "* — 
 Et je (sc. le) lor irai avant dire, Erec 4166 — is of such 
 frequent occurrence that its use in this position has been 
 said seldom to occur. Ebeling '' takes exception to these 
 statements, supporting his argument with many exam- 
 ples. Yet the fact remains that the ellipsis occurs very 
 much more frequently than the full form. 
 
 "For its omission before the dative of other pronouns, 
 see p. 58. 
 " Georg Ebeling, AuJ)eree, Halle, 1895, note to 1. 655. 
 
28 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 On first consideration one might suppose the accusa- 
 tive pronoun to have been employed enclitically. Losing 
 its vowel because of the following I, it would be scarcely 
 distinguishable in sound from the dative pronoun, with 
 the result that the accusative pronoun disappeared. 
 
 However, the word preceding the accusative often ter- 
 minated in an I. Such close proximity of three I sounds 
 could hardly have failed to result in the disappearance 
 of the second, i. e. of the accusative pronoun. Probably 
 this is the true explanation of the origin of the ellipsis, 
 and the loss of the enclitic accusative came later, being a 
 more violent ellipsis, for before 1% lor, and following an 
 I the accusative is rarely found. Of Ebeling's twenty- 
 nine examples, only two are of the accusative in this 
 position, whereas fourteen show its use after a vowel. 
 That there are more examples of its omission after a 
 vowel than after I is not surprising, since more of the 
 pronouns, as well as ne and si, which frequently precede 
 the object pronouns, terminate in a vowel {je, tu, ele, 
 cele, qui) than in I (il, cil). The occurrence of the 
 ellipsis after consonants other than I was, no doubt, a 
 later development. 
 
 Ellipsis of le: 
 
 (a) after I: Uescut vermeil li fraint, del col li portet, 
 Eol. 1576; Fiert Pinabel sor Thelme d^acier brun, 
 Josqu^al nasel li at frait et fendut, ib. 3926. 
 
 (&) after a vowel: Le destre poing at perdut, n'en at 
 mie. Si li trenchat li cuens Eollanz li riches, Eol. 2719 ; 
 Je li dirai, nel leirai pas, Erec 2843. 
 
 (c) after a consonant other than I: Sil fiert amont 
 sor Fhelme ad or gemet; Tot li detrenchet d^ici que al 
 nasel, Eol. 1995; Erec par le hiaume le sache, A force 
 del chief li arrache, Erec 985. 
 
Coalescence. 29 
 
 Ellipsis of la: 
 
 (a) after I: Danz Oliviers trait at sa bone espede . . . 
 Et il li at com chevaliers mostrede, Rol. 1367; "La clef 
 en Fentraile trovai/^ II lur mostra, Greg. 104-14. 
 
 (h) after a vowel: "Re voudroie por nule rien Qu^ele 
 eiist d^autre robe point Jusque la reine li doint, Erec 
 1376 ; Si li rant la corone an pes, Car bien est droiz que 
 tu li les, Clig. 2493. 
 
 (c) after a consonant other than I: Del brant d^acier 
 la more li presentet, Desor le front Phelme li en detren- 
 chet, Enmi le vis li at faite descendre, Rol. 3918; " Une 
 chose me creantez . . /' La dame tantost li otroie, Ch. 
 L. 2552. 
 
 Ellipsis of les: 
 
 (a) after. I: Cil li aportet; receit les Alexis, St. Alex. 
 57c; Cil li fist aporter, et li reis les regut, Pel. de Ch. 191. 
 
 (h) after a vowel: Et fet ses armes aporter. Yaslet 
 corent, si li aportent, Erec 4284; A grant painne tenoit 
 ses lermes, Mes honte li feisoit tenir, Ch. L. 2702. 
 
 (c) after a consonant other than I: Garnemens de- 
 manda ciers, On li a aparellies, Auc. 9, 5; S^il viaut 
 armes, an li atorne, Ch. L. 3139. 
 
 Though about 140 examples of this ellipsis have been 
 found in the works examined, there occur there very few 
 instances of the appearance of the accusative pronoun 
 before the dative pronoun of the third person : 
 
 Recent Falmosne quant Deus la li tramist, St. Alex. 
 20c; Ainz preiet Deu qued il le lor pardoinst, ib. 54d. 
 
 There are more examples of its use when following 
 the dative pronoun or when it is separated from it, for 
 then the possibility of coalescence is, of course, pre- 
 cluded : 
 
 Lui Tcomandat cil reis Lodiers, St. Leg. 20 ; Rendit lo 
 qui lui l^comandat, ib. 26 ; Lui la consent qui de Rome 
 esteit pape, St. Alex. 75c ; Conpeignie m^i a tenue, Et je 
 la revuel li tenir, Ch. L. 5734. 
 
30 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 It is curious that the accusative pronoun is omitted, 
 though rarely, at the beginning of a verse : 
 
 Pour essauchier crestiente, Lor a Diex a pastor doune, 
 Greg. 110-15; Celes ranposnes a sejor Li sont el cuer 
 batanz et fresches, Mes de son gucre et de ses bresches 
 Li radoucist novele Amors, Ch. L. 1354. 
 
 Conjunction se. 
 Though come may alone signify " as if,^^ it is probable 
 that the omission of se before ce is caused by its coales- 
 cence with this word, particularly as con se ce has not 
 been found in the works studied : 
 
 et avoit Jes mameletes dures, qui li souslevoient sa 
 vesteiire, ausi con ce fuissent deus nois gauges, Auc. 12, 
 23; Que aussi, con ce fussent pailles, Fet del hauberc 
 voler les mailles, Ch. L. 4525. 
 
 It is ce which does not appear in Ch. L. 930, 
 Estoit si estroiz li trespas, Oon se fust uns santiers 
 batuz. 
 
 Eeflexive Pronoun se. 
 
 " Comme tons les verbes pronominaux a I'origine, ^ se 
 lever,^ dans les temps composes, pent etre purement passif 
 (sans pronom reflechi) : ' Turpins est levez ' = ' Turpin 
 s'est leve \'^ This is the statement made by Cledat in 
 the glossary to his edition of the Roland, under lever. 
 
 What is the origin of this use? Can it be simply a 
 substitution of the present tense for the past indefinite — 
 the substitution of a tense denoting completed action for 
 one describing the accomplishment of such action ? The 
 substitution would be unaccountable. 
 
 It is not improbable that the ellipsis of the reflexive 
 pronoun — for such it seems to be — originated in a pho- 
 netic development, se sont giving sont through an imper- 
 fect articulation of the vowel, due to the same sibilant's 
 
Coalescence. 31 
 
 preceding and following it/* particularly as the pronoun 
 may have been used enclitically with the preceding word 
 when it terminated in a vowel, and the omission extend- 
 ing to the reflexive pronouns of the other persons, aided 
 by the fact that those of the first and second persons 
 plural may easily have been mistaken for subjects when 
 the latter were omitted." 
 
 Though very often this omission may be seen, it is 
 difficult to cite indisputable examples, since Old French 
 is so inconsistent in the use of the tenses ; the following, 
 however, seem reasonably sure cases of the ellipsis " : 
 
 Ad icest mot sont Franceis escridet, Eol. 1180; Puis 
 sont tornet Baivier et Aleman, ib. 3960 ; Quant ce fu fet 
 et atorne, Li message sont retome A lor seignor Erec 
 arriere. Qui les re^ut a bele chiere, Erec 1907; Quant li 
 uns ot Tautre bande, A Deu sont antrecomande, ib. 3929 ; 
 Quant tote la messe oie orent. Si sont el pales retorne. Ja 
 fu tot fet et atorne, ib. 6918; Et vers Cliges vos mes- 
 feistes, Wil n^est de rien vers vos mesfez, Clig. 6580; Et 
 que que il se desarmoient, Le lion corant venir voient 
 . . . Desarme sont einsi parlant, Et li lions ne vint pas 
 lant, Ch. L. 6455-6493. 
 
 The Modern French use of etre in conjugating many 
 verbs denoting change of position may be somewhat in- 
 debted to this use of the auxiliary verb estre. 
 
 "Cf. savous i= savez-vous) and avous (= avez-vous) ; 
 see Nyrop, Oram., vol, 2, p. 168. In English, with some 
 careless speakers, the words say I become, through analogy 
 with the third person singular, says I, pronounced sez J, 
 which sometimes contracts to s'z I, s's I and even s'J. 
 
 " This ellipsis would originate, of course, after the use of 
 the verb estre with reflexive verbs had become customary, 
 and a possible theory that sont = s'ont, is unsupportable, 
 inasmuch as the use of the verb avoir in such cases is not 
 often found with the other persons in the works studied. 
 
 ^^Zauner, 2, 136, in making mention of this construction, 
 confuses it with the omission of the reflexive pronoun, ob- 
 ject of a dependent infinitive (see p. 63 ff.). 
 
32 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Only three cases have been found in which pener, in 
 the sense of "to exert one's self/' "to work/' is not 
 clearly reflexive. In one of them it is not certain that 
 s' is not the reflexive pronoun : 
 
 Dessoz la vile an un destor Avoit Jehanz f eite une tor, 
 S'i ot par mout grant san pene, Clig. 5555. 
 
 In the following passage it may be a case of coalescence 
 of the reflexive s' with the preceding nominative s of 
 mires. While the omission of the reflexive pronoun with 
 the negative verb later in the poem makes such a conclu- 
 sion doubtful, the possibility of a form mires i may have 
 caused a mires n'i: 
 
 Cos d'espee garist et sainne Mout tost, des que mires 
 i painne, Ch. L. 1371. Compare : Se desleaus mires n'i 
 painne, ib. 5384. 
 
CHAPTEE II. 
 
 Non-repetition of Closely Eecurring Words and 
 Syllables/ 
 Through a tendency to avoid a repetition of the same 
 sound, there originated important and, in some cases, 
 violent ellipses, distinct from simple non-repetition — 
 which relieves heaviness and awkwardness of expres- 
 sion — inasmuch as they render the sentence grammatic- 
 ally incomplete, and are often unconscious omissions. 
 Words and groups of words, as well as the suffix -ment 
 and certain prefixes were thus affected. 
 
 1. Complete Words. 
 De. 
 
 Mes por quoi fust ele coarde De sa dame reconforter 
 Et de s'enor amonester,* Ch. L. 1594. 
 
 The omission of de before plus in the following pas- 
 sage may be attributed to its use before foi: 
 
 Car il ne cuidoient ancores, Qu'il eiist baron plus de 
 foi, Clig. 432. 
 
 *Cf. the Modern French plus tdt que plus tard, which, 
 according to Littr^ (under tdt), is for plutdt plus tdt que 
 plus tard (see also Tobler, V. B. 3, 144-145), and the Eng- 
 lish " inside and out," and " outside and in/* In English, 
 also, we occasionally hear, among careless speakers, such 
 errors as, " You'll oblige me by stop talking,'' in which 
 the second termination -ing, immediately following, is prob- 
 ably the cause of the suppression of the first. So, too, the 
 verb " to go " is not repeated in such sentences as, " I am 
 going out," for " I am going to go out." 
 
 ^See Tobler, V. B. 1, 181 (article 32), and note. In the 
 Gott. Gel. Anz., 1877, p. 1614, two examples are given: 
 DHluec partir congiet rouvai, Watr. 12,332; Des mauvais 
 parler se teisoit, ib. 45, 50. Likewise, the partitive article 
 never occurs after de. 
 
34 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Compare the Modern French ret our de Paris for de 
 retour de Paris. 
 
 En, 
 
 In the following passage the occnrrence of the preposi- 
 tion en may properly be considered the cause of the omis- 
 sion of the pronoun before at: ' 
 
 Sonez voz graisles tant que en ceste ost at, Eol 2110. 
 
 Merd, 
 
 That the Modern French merci — ^^ thank you^^ — is 
 a shortened form of vostre merci, which is in turn the 
 result of the ellipsis of the verb merci — first person 
 singular of the present indicative of mercier — ^the full 
 form thus being merci vostre merci — " I thank your 
 grace, i. e., you ''' — is found to be at least probable by an 
 
 ' If one would consider that tant que , . . at refers to the 
 men rather than to the clarions, en would still be expected, 
 for its use in the sense of de vos is not unfamiliar to Old 
 French : 
 
 Quant jo n'ai prot de vos (1. e. s'esp^de) nen ai meins 
 cure! Tantes batailles en champ en ai vencudes. . . . Ne 
 vos ait hom qui por altre s'en fuiet! Rol. 2305; Ma dame a 
 seignor vos regut, Mon los et mon consoil an crut, Ch. L. 
 3653; Ne ne trovai qui me deist de vos chose, qui me seist; 
 Car il n'an savoient noveles, ib. 3695; Et sachiez bien, que 
 vos meimes I poez mout grant honte atandre, Se reangon 
 n'an viaut an prandre! ib. 5266. 
 
 En also refers to the other persons: To the first person 
 singular : 
 
 Mes garde bien, je te comant, S'est nus, qui de moi te 
 demant. Que ja novele ne Tan dies, Ch. L. 739 ; " Certes, vos 
 estes mal baillie, S'autremant de vos ne pansez." " Tu," fet 
 la dame, " qui tant sez, Me di, comant j'an panserai, Et ja a 
 ton los an ferai," ib. 6574. 
 
 Referring to the second person singular: 
 
 Ainz que t'ousse si'n fui molt desirrose; Ainz que nez 
 fusses si'n fui molt angoissose; Quant jo t'vid net si'n ful 
 
Non-repetition of Eecurring Words. 35 
 
 examination of the use of the Old French vostre merci. 
 The cause of the omission of the verb is precisely similar 
 to that of the omission of de in the Modem French 
 retour de Paris — ^the close recurrence of the same word. 
 When vostre merci was no longer generally used in the 
 sense of voils, the early force of vostre ceased to be felt 
 in this expression, and the word was finally dropped. 
 
 If this theory be correct, vostre merci has here the 
 meaning of the Spanish Vuestra Merced and the Portu- 
 guese Vossa Merce, not an unlikely meaning, considering 
 its use in these other Romance languages, but one which 
 has not been generally noted or conceded. In the fol- 
 lowing examples it seems clearly to have such significa- 
 tion: 
 
 Ne vos i covient plus atandre : Vostre merci, ralez vos 
 an! Erec 4110; Ne vos poist pas, Ja avuec moi n'iroiz 
 un pas. Les voz granz merciz, remenez ! ib. 4299 ; 
 Hastez vos, la vostre merci ! ib. 4371 ; Bel a parle vostre 
 
 liede e goiose; Or te vei mort, tote en sui corocose, St. Alex. 
 92a. 
 
 Referring to the third person singular — most often found 
 and fairly common; a few examples are: 
 
 Sainz Alexis out bone volentet: ... Li cors en gist en 
 Rome la citet, Et I'anme en est enz el paradis Deu, St. Alex. 
 109a; Que la tenisse en France o a Dun la citet! Car jo'n 
 fereie puis totes mes volontez, P61. de Ch. 406; Ensorquetot 
 si ai jo vostre soer, Sin ai un fil, Rol. 294; Or guart chascuns 
 que granz cols i empleit, Male changon ja chant^de n'en 
 seit, ib. 1013; For ce que D6s a comand6 Que il seit k Rome 
 amen6 E que en facent Apostoile, Gr6g. 103-15; Erec la voit, 
 mout s'an mervoille, Erec 4336. 
 
 Referring to the first person plural: 
 
 L'un an covandra ja verser, Ou moi ou lui, ne sai le quel, 
 Ch. L. 4148. 
 
 Referring to the third person plural: 
 
 par quoi il ne s'aperceusgent, et qu'ele s'en gardast, Auc 
 14, 31; Garde toi des souduians . . . (16, 3) je m'en garde- 
 rai bien, et dix m'en gart! ib. 15, 13. 
 
36 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 merci, Floire et Blanchefleur, 1899 (du Meril)*; Ce me 
 plest mout et atalante^ Yostre merci, que dit m'avez, Clig. 
 2318 ; ^^ Dame/^ fet il, '' vostre merci, Quant vostre sire 
 m^assailli, Quel tort oi je de moi deffandre?^^ Ch. L. 
 1999.' 
 
 N'ot only are the following citations meaningless if 
 vostre merci has not this value, but the sense requires the 
 verb merci. This verb — ^like its Modem French descend- 
 ant remercier — requires de before the noun expressing 
 that for which thanks are rendered; unless, then, merd 
 is understood in the last of these examples, the preposi- 
 tion is unaccountable: 
 
 "Jo vos donrai un pan de mon pais Des Cheriant 
 entresqu^en Val Marchis/^ Et cil respont : " Sire, vostre 
 mercit!'' Eol. 3207; "Biaus sire/' fet il, "Men veigniez! 
 Se moi herbergier deigniez, Vez Fostel aparellie ci." 
 Erec respont: "Vostre merci!'' Erec 387; "Tot vos 
 presterai sanz dotance; Que ja riens n'an sera a dire." 
 " La vostre merci, biaus douz sire ! " ib. 622 ; " La vos 
 vuel avuec moi mener, S'i ferons noz plaies sener." Erec 
 respont : " Bon gre vos sai De ce qu'o'i dire vos ai. W\ 
 irai pas, vostre merci," ib. 3903 ; " Yos et trestoz voz oirs 
 f ranchis . . ." Jehanz respont : " Yostre merci ! " Clig. 
 5644; " Je sui vostre, et vos soiiez D'ore an avant ma 
 
 * Quoted by Godefroy in his Dictionnaire, under merci. It 
 is found at 1. 2156 of Bekker's edition in Philologische und 
 Mstorische Abhandlungen der Koniglichen Akademie der 
 Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1844, pp. 1-41. 
 
 ''The meaning of **by your grace'* can hardly apply to 
 the above examples, though in some cases the context ren- 
 ders such a reading possible, as in the following passages, 
 yet even here the fact that vostre merci, soe merci, etc., may 
 not have this meaning is not at all precluded : 
 
 Quier mei . . . parchamin ... go pri toe mercit, St. 
 Alex. 57a; Et je li pri, qu'ele s'an teise. Que ja chose, qui me 
 despleise, Ne me comant, soe merci, Ch. L. 121; Grant enor 
 me porterent tuit, Les lor merciz, an la meison, ib. 570; Mes 
 vos, la vostre grant merci, M'i enorastes et servistes, ib. 
 1012. 
 
NON-EBPETITION OF EeCUREING WoEDS. 37 
 
 dameisele ! '' " Vostre merci, sire ! " f et ele, Ch. L. 
 
 2438; Vostre merci de la promesse, Que volan tiers la 
 feriiez, ib. 3740. 
 
 So in Old Provengal : 
 
 Domna, dis el, vostra merce, Car . . . Appel, p. 22, 
 1. 589 ; translated in the glossary as " dank Euch." 
 
 Mes. 
 
 With toz jorz, accompanied by a future or conditional 
 verb, mes is regularly required. A striking example of 
 anh Koivoif (scc p. 41) may therefore be furnished by the 
 following quotation, in which mes probably has a double 
 meaning, referring both to toz jorz (Latin magis) and 
 to amis (Latin meus) : 
 
 Si me plevi et fianga Que toz jorz mes amis seroit, Erec 
 6280. 
 
 Ne, 
 
 Following the conjunction ne, the negative adverb ne 
 is often omitted. As it is only in this position that the 
 non-repetition of the negative particle frequently occurs 
 — except when omitted together with some other word * — 
 there can be no doubt that the omission is due to the 
 juxtaposition of the two words : 
 
 Mes cil ne tar dent ne atandent, Erec 774; Mes ele 
 n'apargut ne sot La dolor don il se pleignoit, ib. 4598; 
 et si ne sai Queus maus ce est, qui me justise, Ne sai don 
 la dolors m'est prise, Clig. 662 ; II nel salue ne Fancline, 
 ib. 2480; Aussi con la busche, qui fume, Tant que la 
 flame s^i est mise. Que nus ne sofle ne atise, Ch. L. 1778 ; 
 Qu^onques traison vers sa dame Ne fist ne dist ne ne 
 pansa, ib. 4438. 
 
 " See non-repetition of the adverb, p. 118. 
 
38 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 In the following, ne, rhyming with veriU, is appar- 
 ently used in place of the feminine past participle nee 
 and the negative ne; its position, which would be nn- 
 usual for the latter, is thus explained : 
 
 Sachez pur verite, Unkes femme de mere ne Tant 
 snffri en nn jur, Omnip. 116d. 
 
 Que, 
 
 Than that is expressed in Old French by que, as in 
 Rol. 2336, Mielz voeil morir, qu'entre paiiens remaignet^ 
 of which, logically, the complete form would be que {ne 
 voeil) qu'entre paiiens remaignet — " I wish more to die 
 than (I wish) that I should remain among pagans/^ The 
 Modem French construction which expresses both words, 
 but which is avoided because of its displeasing sound,* 
 helps to account for the fact that the use of the conjunc- 
 tion que in such sentences of comparison did not develop 
 in the early language, aided by the usage which permitted 
 of its omission in nearly every case.* 
 
 Other examples are: 
 
 Mes n^an set plus que bel le voit, Clig. 2813 ; Angois 
 sofferoie jo que je feiisse tous deserites et que je perdisse 
 quanques g'ai, que tu ja Feiisses a mollier ni a espouse, 
 Auc. 8, 26 ; Encor ainme je mix que je muire ci, que tos 
 li puples me regardast domain a merveilles, ib. 16, 14; 
 Encor aim jou mix asses Que me mengucent li le, Li lion 
 et li sengler. Que je voisse en la cite, ib. 17, 16. 
 
 ^ See Tobler, V. B. 1, 184 (article 32). 
 
 "Littr^ (Dictionnaire) under aimer, Rem. 4, says: 
 " Aimer mieux, pr6sente quelquefois une construction diffi- 
 cile. Par exemple: J'aime mieux que vous alliez k Paris 
 que que vous perdiez votre temps chez vous. Ces deux que 
 sont lourds. Pour les ^viter, on en a parfois supprim6 un: 
 J'aimerais mieux souffrir la peine la plus dure Qu'il etit recu 
 pour moi la moindre ^gratignure, Mol. Tart. Ill, 6. 
 
 ® See omission of the conjunction que, p. 138 fE. 
 
Non-repetition of Eecureing Words. 39 
 
 2. Suffix -ment. 
 
 When adverbs formed by the addition of -merit were 
 used consecutively, this termination was regularly re- 
 quired with each of the adverbs thus formed. There are, 
 however, a few instances of its use with but one of these 
 adverbs — a usage which is still found in some of the Ko- 
 mance languages. Only one example has been found in 
 the works studied : ^^^ 
 
 Vers Sarrazins reguardet fierement, Et vers Frauceis 
 et humble et dolcement, Eol. 1162. 
 
 3. Prefixes. 
 
 It is probable that the non-repetition of prefixes had 
 a broader application in Old French than is shown by 
 the few cases found in the works on which this study is 
 based. 
 
 Des'. 
 
 As osteus vienent, si s^aeisent, Si se deshuesent et 
 atornent, Erec 6454. 
 
 S'entre-'' 
 Entre, usually together with the reflexive pronoun, is 
 frequently not repeated : 
 
 Vont sei entrebeisier, noveles demander, Pel. de Ch. 
 147; Si s^antrabatent et adantent, Li un les autres 
 
 ^°See Tobler, V. B. 1, 101 (article 14), edition of 1902. 
 
 Foerster, Zts. f. r. Ph. 2, 88, and Aiol, note to 1. 3011, 
 shows that mainte (mmntre) comunalment is an example 
 of this form of ellipsis. 
 
 Compare the use of -ieme found in Modern French, as: 
 La quatre ou la cinquieme page (Nyrop, Gram. vol. 2, p. 
 349). 
 
 ^ S\ not soi, though preceding an infinitive. It is gen- 
 erally believed that the stressed form of the object pronoun 
 is uniformly used in this position. Tobler (V. B. 2, 49) 
 
40 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 acravantent, Clig. 1751; Si s^antrecontrent et regoivent, 
 ib. 3583; Qu^il ne s^antracolent et beisent, ib. 5129 ; Tant 
 galoperent et conirent, Qu^il s'antrevirent et conurent, 
 Erec 2347; Si s^antrebeisent et saluent, ib. 2351; La 
 s^antrevienent et desfient, ib. 3773 ; Si s^antrebeisent et 
 acolent^ ib. 6357 ; Si s'antresaluent et beisent, ib. 6453 ; 
 Si s^antrafolent et ocient, Ch. L. 3269; Antrebeisier et 
 acoler S^alassent ainz que afoler; Qu^il s^antrafolent et 
 mehaingnent, ib. 6115. 
 
 Ee-, 
 
 It is uncertain whether the omission of the prefix be- 
 fore veoir in the following quotation is due to its occur- 
 
 says, "... dass tonlose Pronomina erst in sehr spater Zeit 
 sich proklitisch mit Infinitiven verbinden " ; Poerster (glos- 
 sary to Ch. L. under se), speaking of soi, says that it 
 stands " stets bei refl. Infinitiv," and (note to L 3119) 
 " beim Inf. immer soi "; Ebeling (note to 1. 202 of Auheree) 
 gives soi emplumer as the infinitive of this reflexive verb, 
 and the same form of this pronoun is used before the in- 
 finitive throughout the notes, etc., etc. But, in the works 
 examined, this stressed pronoun is required before the in- 
 finitive only when a preposition precedes {De quatre parz 
 voient venir Lor batailles por aus secorre, Clig. 1764; see 
 p. 67), which must have given rise to this belief. In Erec 
 3433 — Qui sa fame tolir li panse Et lui ocirre sanz defanse — 
 it is unquestionable that the tonic form is used because of a 
 decided stress on the pronoun. 
 
 Instances of either form of the object pronoun before an 
 infinitive, when not preceded by a preposition, are few, as it 
 is usually placed before the auxiliary verb (Que an lui 
 mout fier me puis, Ch. L. 4906). The cases noted in which 
 the unstressed form occurs (1) when governed by the in- 
 finitive, (2) when governed by the principal verb, follow: 
 
 (1) Qui eps les morz fait se revivre. Pass. 35; Por go 
 laissat Deus se neiier, Que de toz nos aiet pitiet, ib. 199; 
 Pilaz ses mains dunque at lavet. Que de sa mort poisse-s 
 neter, ib. 237; Alquanz en croiz fait les lever, ib. 491; Por 
 ciel tiel duol rova s clergier, St. Leg. 65 (diplomatic text. 
 See clergier, under ellipsis of the causative verb faire, Chapt. 
 VI) ; Vait s'apoiier soz le pin a la tige, Rol. 500; Puis m'en 
 combatre a Charle et a Franceis, ib. 566; Vont s'adober 
 desoz une sapeide, ib. 993; Vait le ferir li cuens, ib. 1198; 
 Vait le ferir en I'escut amirable, ib. 1660; Vait le ferir en 
 guise de baron, ib. 1902; Feites m'aparellier et querre, Que 
 
Non-repetition of Eecureing Words. 41 
 
 rence in the preceding verse, or whether it is merely a 
 faulty manner of expression : 
 
 Quant son ami revenir voit Que ja mes veoir ne cui- 
 doit, Erec 4557. 
 
 4. Groups of Words. 
 The non-repetition of words which are necessarily a 
 part of a following clause as well as of that in which they 
 stand, has been treated by others " and called dno koipov. 
 The following are found in the works studied : 
 
 Sa barbe blanche comancet a detreire, Ad ambes mains 
 les chevels de sa teste, Rol. 2930 ( ?) ; E-vos iluec errant 
 
 j'aie tot mon estovoir, Erec 5268; Nus n'i poeit se acuintier, 
 Tristan 93 (Constans' Chrestomathie, p. 77). (2) B per es 
 mund rova-ls aler, Toz baptizier en trinited, Pass. 453; 
 Laisset Tentrer en un monstier, St. L^g. 98; Laissiez le 
 vivre, Rol. 3811; laissez m'ester, Gr6g. 106-1. 
 
 It also occurs before the infinitive used imperatively: 
 
 Charles, ne t'esmaiier, P61. de Ch. 647 (See Etienne, p. 
 198). 
 
 It is not surprising that the stressed pronoun occasionally 
 occurs before the infinitive (Yont sei entrehaisier, P^l. de 
 Ch. 147, 253, 848 [sei omitted 1. 147 diplomatic text]. Fait 
 sei porter en sa chambre voUice, Rol. 2593; Yien mei servir 
 dHci qu'en Oriente, ib. 3594), for this form of the pronoun 
 is often used without apparent reason: Que cele noit lui 
 neierat, Pass. 114 (Cf. Tierce veiz Piedres lo neiat, ib. 194) ; 
 Femnes lui vont de tres sevant, ib. 257 (Cf. Sainz Piedres 
 sols sevant lo vait, i&. 167) ; Si piement lui apellat, ib. 249; 
 Qui lui alassent decoler, St. Leg. 222; Lai s'aproismat qui 
 lui ferit, ib. 232; NH at celui nH plort et sei dement, Rol. 
 1836; Qui tei at mort, ib. 2935; Que des pechez sei deschar- 
 jast, Greg. 112-7 — and, though after the verb the stressed 
 form is more usual (Met sei en piez, Rol. 2277; Met sei sor 
 piez, ib. 2298; Porpensent sei de Uen ferir, Greg. 61-8; Por- 
 pensa sei que . . . ib. 63-10; Reposa sei sor le rosel, ib. 94- 
 18; prist soi a desmenter, Aiol et Mirabel 1802 [W. Foerster, 
 Heilbronn, 1876-1882]), the unstressed form is also found 
 in this position: Qo U preiat, paiast s'od lui, St. Leg. 108; 
 Tornat s'als altres, ib. 206; Aidiez m'a plaindre le dol de 
 mon ami, St. Alex. 93b; Trait se vers lui Greg. 61-4. 
 
 "See Tobler, V. B. 1, 115 ff. (article 21), and Nyrop, 
 Oram., vol. 1, p. 453. See mes, p. 37. 
 
42 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 sor destre, Por le pleisir le Eei celestre, Deus pecheors 
 d'une abate D'omes i ot de sainte vie, Greg. 34-3 ; Plui- 
 sors miracles i fist Diex, Contrais drecher e veir orbex 
 E parler ceus qui erent mu E coursoir de par Jesu, ib. 
 109-17 (i fist Diex refers also to the verses following it, 
 for veir and parler must depend on the causative verb 
 faire). 
 
CHAPTER III. 
 The Noun. 
 
 Frequently occurring nouns such as horn, feme, etc, 
 are often omitted : 
 
 Jeo nel lerreie pur (hume) terrestre, Gorm. 222; II ne 
 vait giens cume terrestre Prof vait bruiant cume tem- 
 peste, ib. 228; Car Isembarz i est remes Od quarrante 
 milliers d^armes, ib. 516; Par ceste meie destre, Rol. 47; 
 Vint milie sont ad escuz et a lances, ib. 913; Querre li 
 vint uns de Raains, Uns riches dux qui fu romains, Greg. 
 32-3; Nel fis as letrez, Reim. 127d; Qu^an ne trueve 
 grant ne petit. . . . Clig. 4744 ; N'i a chevelu ne chauve, 
 ib. 4772; Si morut come forsenez/ ib. 6729; une vielle, 
 Auc. 4, 22; a haute prime, ib. 18, 5; au point de none, 
 ib. 20, 31; entre prime et tierce, ib. 22, 29; Que del 
 forsene tant s'aproche, Qu^ele . . . Ch. L. 2989; Cest 
 cheval, que je main an destre, Prenez, ib. 3084; Qu^il n'a 
 el monde si estrange, Cui je autretant n'an deisse, ib. 
 6306. 
 
 The omission of the noun in other cases is more rare : 
 
 Amor: Por Deu, Greg. 15-10, so ib. 51-3; por Deu le 
 grant, ib. 20-19, so ib. 23-19.^ 
 
 Armes: Et s^a fet son escu vermoil Et tot Fautre her- 
 nois oster, Et fet les blanches aporter, Clig. 4876. 
 
 Bataille: Sur sun escu li duna grande, Gorm. 70 ( ?) ; 
 Si se conbatent une chaude, Ch. L. 6135. 
 
 Cheval. As es per oner, monter, poindre and other 
 verbs are often coupled with cheval, the latter is not in- 
 
 ^ Cf . Come hon f orsenez et sauvage, Ch. L. 2828 ; Por Tome 
 forsene repestre, ib. 2878. Cf. also, however, p. 149. 
 
 ''Cf. por Deu amor, Gr^g. 1-1; por amor Deu le rei, ib. 
 39-23; Por amor Deu, ib. 46-16; so ib. 47-18 and Rol. 3768. 
 
44 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 frequently omitted when they are used, and even, as in 
 the following, when it has not been mentioned : 
 
 Esperonant vient al gravier, Greg. 59-21 ; N^ont puis 
 talent de remonter, ib. 59-24; A la rescosse poingnent 
 tnit, ib. 63-23. 
 
 Chose: De doel morrai, s^altre ne m^i ocit/ Eol. 1867; 
 " Onqnes mes/^ f et il, " n'oi tel ^^ * ; Ceste vos iert mout 
 ehier vandue/ ib. 3569. 
 
 Color: Come il chanja, come il pali/ Clig. 4364. 
 
 Cop (Son) : Oil recuevre, si Fa feme, Erec 183 ; Anmi 
 le piz li dona tel Mes sire Yvains, que la pel fausse/ Ch. 
 L. 4200. 
 
 Deniers, souz or argent et or may be supplied in Ch. L. 
 5320 : Des nuiz grant partie veillons Et toz les jorz por 
 gaeignier. 
 
 Feste : A saint Michiel tendrat molt halte feste/ Eol. 
 53 ; Huit jorz apres la saint Jehan/ Ch. L. 2574. 
 
 Main (8a) : Et li cuens hauce, si refiert, Erec 4842. 
 
 Pas: Seignor baron, soef alez tenant," Eol. 1165; 
 D'andeus parz a trois ganz se content, Clig. 2882. 
 
 Peche: En icel lue espeneit E deservit . . . Aveir 
 . . . confort, Greg. 116-8. 
 
 Personne (often not expressed) : Se ici n'eiist fors 
 que toi. Que sens fusses et sanz aie, Erec 5034; Car ja 
 n'amera se lui non, Clig. 2899 ; Qu^il n^iert mes, qui por 
 
 ' The omission may be that of personne; see note to ellip- 
 sis of the adjective altre, p. 48. 
 
 * It is barely possible that it is novele that is here omitted. 
 '^ It is not impossible to consider parole the word to be 
 
 supplied in this sentence. 
 
 •'Cf. Li reis Marsilies at la color mud^de, Rol. 441; Unques 
 ja n'i murent color, Gr6g. 108-10; Mes je li vi color changier, 
 Clig. 4442; Li uns por I'autre color mue, ib. 5126. See 
 phrase De color, p. 146. 
 
 ^Cf. Cil li reva tel cop doner, Que . . . Clig. 1921; Et cil 
 li a tel cop don6, Que . . . Ch. L. 5656. 
 
 ^ Cf. Vos le sivrez a feste saint Michiel, Rol. 37. 
 
 • Cf. Jusqu'a la feste saint Jehan, Ch. L. 2750. See Nyrop, 
 Gram., vol. 3, 375-378. 
 
 ^° So C16dat, in his glossary to the Roland, under tenir. 
 
The Noun. 45 
 
 nos parot, Ch. L. 4369; N^iert mes qui die ne qui lot 
 . . . ib. 4373. 
 
 Rien (often not expressed) : Mais n'at talant li facet 
 se bien non," Eol. 3681 ; N^avet fors le cuer e les os, Greg. 
 105-11; Que ja n^i avroiz se preu non, Erec 5054; Uan 
 dit que il n'i a si grief A trespasser come le suel, Clig. 
 2288 ; De tot Favoir du monde n'ai je plus vaillant, que 
 vos vees sor le cors de mi. line lasse mere avoie, si 
 n'avoit plus vaillant que une keutisele, Auc. 24, 53 ; Ne 
 nos a leissie li jaianz Fors tant con nos avons ceanz, 
 Ch. L. 3889. 
 
 The expression en grant, grande, en granz, grandes 
 was probably formed through the omission of some noun. 
 Tobler" understands by it — and, it seems, quite logic- 
 ally — in grosser (Not, Bedrdngniss, Sorge), in grossen 
 (No ten, Besorgnissen) , to which may be added " de- 
 sire ^' : 
 
 De son voloir an grant la tienent, Ch. L. 2108; Mes 
 mout le veomes an grant Des cos vangier, que Pan li 
 done, ib. 3226. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE NOUN. 
 
 One of the most frequent ellipses is the non-repetition 
 of the noun : 
 
 Granz folcs ariedre, granz davant, Pass. 45 ; La mortel 
 vide li prist molt a blasmer, De la celeste li mostret veri- 
 tet, St. Alex. 13c; Bries est cist siecles, plus durable 
 atendeiz, ib. 110c; En som cez maz et en cez haltes 
 vernes, Eol. 2632 ; Je vous ferai bons couvens. Et quex, 
 biax fix? Auc. 8, 31; Et prist se vesture a Pune main 
 devant et a Tautre deriere, ib. 12, 16; Puis demanda, 
 quex hon c^estoit, ne s'il avoit guerre, et on li dist : Oil, 
 grande, ib. 28, 12; Et fist tel tans, con feire dut. Et 
 
 " Cf. C'est uns avoirs qui rien ne vaut, S*an estor non, ou 
 an assaut, Clig. 1305; N'i aveit chose se fens non, Gr^g. 
 108-3. 
 
 ^^Li dis dou vrai aniel (Leipzig, 1871), note to 1. 2. 
 
46 Ellipsis m Old French. 
 
 quant Deus redona le bel, Sor le pin vindrent li oisel, 
 Ch. L. 806 ; Mes la dameisele li prie . . . Come cortoise 
 et de bon eire, ib. 1305. 
 
 A noun need not be repeated in a succeeding clause in 
 which it is modified 
 
 (a) by an adjective in the comparative degree : 
 
 E si le prenge a seignor^ Quar ele ne pot aveir meilor, 
 Grreg. 68-21; Et se ele fu en peine de I'entrer, encor fu 
 ele en forceur de I'isgir, Auc. 16, 22. 
 
 (b) by an adjective preceded by si: 
 
 S^an vet feisant chiere dolante; Qu'ains si dolante ne 
 veistes, Clig. 5694; Et cil vient la, qui mout covoite Le 
 pain, si le prant et s'i mort. Ne cuit que onques de si 
 fort 'Ne de si aspre eiist goste, Ch. K 2842. 
 
 (c) by tel: 
 
 Covert d'une coute si riche, Qu'ains n'ot tel li dus 
 d'Osteriche, Ch. L. 1041 ; " an quel meniere? '^ " An tel, 
 que graindre estre ne puet, An tel, que de vos ne se muet 
 Mes cuers, n'onques aillors nel truis. An tel, qu'aillors 
 panser ne puis, An tel, que toz a vos m'otroi,'' etc., ib. 
 2024. 
 
 The non-repetition of plus used as a noun does not 
 usually occur. The ellipsis is found in the following 
 
 Car plus de bien et plus d'enor Trova assez li vavassor, 
 Qu'an ne li ot conte ne dit ; Et an la pucele revit de san 
 et de biaute gant tanz, Que n'ot conte Calogrenanz, Ch. 
 L. 779. 
 
 The possessive pronoun, without as well as with the 
 definite article, is formed by the non-repetition of the 
 noun, as a noun is formed from an adjective. Compare, 
 for instance, the following: 
 
 Mes tant di de la moie part, Ch. L. 6240; la terre Qui 
 mon pere est et moie apres, Erec 1331. 
 
The Noun. 47 
 
 A noun is occasionally omitted in the first clause when 
 it is used in the second : " 
 
 Or te pri et quier et demant, Se tu sez, que tu me con- 
 soille Ou d^avanture ou de mervoille, Ch. L. 364. 
 
 "Examples of incorrect omissions of this sort are given 
 in Tobler's V. B., 3, 13, as: ge ne vi Ne n'oi parler a nului 
 De rien qui . . . Messire Thibaut, li romanz de la poire, 485. 
 
CHAPTEE IV. 
 
 The Adjective. 
 
 Because of the part which the adjective necessarily 
 plays in the sentence, its omission would not be expected. 
 Yet the complete idea may sometimes be conveyed with- 
 out the aid of the adjective. 
 
 AUre is the most frequently omitted adjective : * 
 
 Si fait ma medre plus que femme qui vivet, St. Alex. 
 42b; Plus vos amai que nule creature, ib. 97c; Corant i 
 vint Margariz de Sibilie . . . Wi at paiien de tel cheva- 
 lerie, Eol. 955 ; Deus, quel vassal ! soz ciel n'a tel ! Erec 
 1255. 
 
 Mauves: Qui qu'an face chiere ne groing, Clig. 2345 ; * 
 Des que li tans fu trespassez, Ch. L. 459. 
 
 Premier: A vos conbatuz ne me fusse, Ainz me cla- 
 masse recreant Devant le cop, ce vos creant, Ch. L. 6280. 
 
 Quel: " Ha ! ^^ font il, " fame, chose avere De voir 
 dire et de mantir large,^^ ' Ch. L. 4414. 
 
 Tel: qu'il i a une beste que, se vos le poi'ies prendre, 
 vos n^en donriies mie un des menbres por cine cens mars 
 d'argent,* Auc. 22, 35. 
 
 ^A similar ellipsis is found in colloquial English, as: He 
 has accomplished more than anyone (else) I know. 
 
 On the other hand, altre is sometimes superfluous: On- 
 ques nH ot autre al veiller Fors la dame el chevaler, Gr6g. 
 20-3; Apres cele mort Wout altre confort. En enfern n'alast, 
 Reim. 5a; Ne vuel pas sandier le gaignon, Qui se her ice et 
 regringne, Quant autre mastins le rechingne, Ch. L. 646. In 
 the last quotation the adjective expresses the idea of com- 
 parison, contrast, as it may also in Ch. L. 4519, De priiere 
 ate li font Les dames; qu'autres hastons n*ont. See Tohler, 
 V. B. 3, 72-73. Compare the Modern French use of the word, 
 expressing contrast, as: Nous autres Frangais. 
 
 ^Cf. the English, "to make a (wry) face." 
 
 •It is possible that the omission before chose is that of 
 c'est. 
 
 * Cf. Car li beste a tel me6ine, que, se vos le po6s prendre, 
 Tos ser6s garis de vo mehaig (read mehaing), Auc. 22, 37. 
 
The Adjective. 49 
 
 Tot: De la contrede ont porprises les parz, Ne mais 
 que tant com Femperedre en at, Kol. 3332. 
 
 The Possessive Adjective. 
 Instances of the omission of the possessive adjective 
 are few : 
 
 Liiedes mains cnme ladron, Si Tent meinent a passion,' 
 Pass. 163; Avant toz vait a passion, ib. 256; Alques vos 
 ai dit de raizon Que Jesus fist por passion, ib. 445 ; En 
 piez se drecet," Rol. 195 ; Sor piez se drecet, ib. 2234; Par 
 ancessors dei jo tel plait tenir, ib. 3826; Car d^Athenes 
 estoit nais. An la cite d'ancesserie Avoient mout grant 
 seignorie Toz jorz si ancessor eue, Clig. 2462; Es vous 
 Nichole au peron, Trait viele, trait argon,' Auc. 39, 12 ; 
 Et trovai un chemin a destre, Ch. L. 180 ; Mes cil le 
 trai ... En qui fu s^esperance,' Omnip. 80a. 
 The exclamation par foi is elliptical for par ma foi:* 
 Par foi, done sui je fole, Clig. 511; Mil mars? Voire, 
 par foi, trois mile, Ch. L. 1279 ; Par foi, c'est mervoille 
 provee, ib. 6021. 
 
 The Article. 
 
 Because of the lack of uniformity which still existed 
 
 in the use of the article, its omission in cases when its 
 
 employment would be expected, can hardly be termed 
 
 ellipsis. For this reason, and because its use has already 
 
 ■^Cf. Sa passions toz nos redenst. Cum aproismat sa 
 passions ... A la citet volt aproismier, Pass. 12; Fort 
 sacrament lor comandat Por remembrer sa passion, ib. 94; 
 Miel e peisson equi manjat, En veritet les confirmat; Sa 
 passion peissons tostez E li miels signet deitet, ib. 441. 
 
 " Cf. Isnelement sor lor piez relev6rent, Rol. 3575; Gu6nes 
 li cuens a ses piez se presentet, ib. 3792; Isnelement se dr6- 
 cent sor lor piez, ib. 3884. 
 
 ^ Cf. si prist se viele, Auc. 38, 19. 
 
 ' s' is lacking in the MS. 
 
 •Cf. Par ma foi, sire, I'anperere, Clig. 368; Doit an atan- 
 dre, par ma foi, Ch. L. 5913. 
 
 For the omission of vostre with mercif see merci, Chapt. 
 II, and crier, Chapt. VI. 
 
50 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 been treated/" merely a few examples contrasting the use 
 and the omission of the article are here given. 
 
 (A) The Definite Article. 
 
 II tot entorn t'arbergeront Et a terre crevanteront, 
 Pass. 59 ; Que quaisses mort a terre vindrent, ib. 399 ; A 
 terre vait^ culpe bati, Gorm. 660. — Cf, Josqn'a la terre 
 si chevel li baleient, Eol. 976; Qui lui vedist Sarrazina 
 desmembrer, Un mort sor Taltre a la terre jeter . . . ib. 
 1970; Puis a la terre Tabati, Greg. 43-6; Me mist a la 
 terre tot plat, Ch. L. 54; desgant A la terre, ib. 2259. 
 
 No-l consentent fellon Judeu, Pass. 222; Et en son 
 chief fellon Fasisdrent, ib. 248. — Cf. Dune lo receivent 
 li fellon, ib. 243 ; Si s'escrevantent li fellon, ib. 250. 
 
 Pois que Deu filz suspenduz furet, Pass. 312. — Cf, Que 
 lo Deu fil neiier li fait, ib. 192. 
 
 Franc^ desherbergent, Rol. 701. — Cf. or se dorment 
 li Franc, ib. 2521. 
 
 Reis Corsablis il est de I'altre part, Rol. 885; Reis 
 Canabeus, ib. 3429.-0/. li rois Artus, Clig. 119, 436, 
 1095, etc. 
 
 Par Sehre amont tot lor navilie toment, Rol. 2642 ; les 
 rives de Sainne, Ch. L. 5980. — Cf. Desor le Sebre at sa 
 gent adunede, Rol. 2758. 
 
 Cors ont gaillarz et fieres contenances, Les chies floriz 
 et les barbes ont blanches, Rol. 3086. 
 
 Molt les ot enemis lacies De fors e de dobles pechies, 
 Greg. 3-17 — Cf. Encore fist li enemis Icel saint ome 
 faire pis, ib. 3-13. 
 
 Molt fu ten tee en eel ore E Diables me corut sore, 
 Greg. 11-15 ; Lores fu Deables angoissos, ib. 66-11. — Cf. 
 Li Diables n^en sot nient, ib. 10-9; Le deble est un de 
 ceus . . . Omnip. 7a. 
 
 es ondes de mer, Gr^g. 22-24. — Cf. Dreit al rivage de 
 la mer, ib. 25-18. 
 
 ^*»H. Fredenhagen; P. Gelbrich; H. Koch; S. Schayer; 
 Tobler, V. B. 2, 96 ff. (article 15). 
 " Usually without the article in the Roland. 
 
The Adjective. 51 
 
 Fu el batel en mer getes, Greg. 33-12; Yeiant lui, la 
 geta en mer, ib. 95-20. — Cf. E quant il fu nez, en la mer, 
 Le fis, por mon peche, geter, ib. 78-9. 
 
 E por aprendre auques de letre, Greg. 23-11; Li abes 
 I'a en conrei pris E en la eloistre a letres mis, ib. 41-7 ; 
 Com cil qui esteit senez E de letres bien doctrinez, ib. 
 56-3. — Cf. Quant des letres auques saura, ib. 23-21; E 
 des letres aprist si bien Que . . . ib. 41-14 ; gramaires ea 
 E des letres el (read es) doctrines, ib. 48-3. 
 
 Morz que demore et que atant. Que ne me prant sanz 
 nul respit? Trop m^a la morz an grant despit! Erec 
 4656. 
 
 Je sai bien garir d' idropique. Si sai garir de I'arte- 
 tique, De quinancie et de cuerpous, Clig. 3023. 
 
 Que de rans ne s'an part aucuns? Clig. 4651. — Cf, 
 Del ranc as autres se desrote, ib. 4666 ; Des rens s'en ist 
 trestot premier, Greg. 59-6. 
 
 Tant con pins est plus biaus que charmes, Et li loriers 
 plus del seii, Clig. 4778. 
 
 Por cent mile mars d'or mier Ne le fesist on si lie, Auc. 
 9, 3 ; Les X mars d'argent, Greg. 42-10.— 0/. Les IIII 
 mars de For fin, Greg. 39-10; Tos les X mars de Fargent, 
 ib. 38-12. 
 
 il met pie en estrier, Auc. 20, 29. — Cf. II mist le pie 
 fors de Festrier, ib. 24, 80. 
 
 Toz jorz doit puir li fumiers Et taons poindre et maloz 
 bruire, Enuieus enuiier et nuire, Ch. L. 116. 
 
 Quant il an a et else et leu, Ch. L. 1322c. — Cf. Qui 
 m'a done le leu et Feise De feire chose, qui vos pleise, ib. 
 1083. 
 
 Que Deus et droiz li eideront, Ch. L. 4333 ; Que Deus 
 et droiz a un se tienent, ib. 4445. — Cf. Deus et li droiz 
 . . . An soit an a'ie a celui, ib. 5983. 
 
 iWith the possessive adjective — particularly in the 
 earliest poems — and with the possessive pronoun, the use 
 of the article is optional : 
 
 venront li di Que t^asaldront toi enemi, Pass. 57.— 
 €f. Li toi chaitif per totes genz Menet ent ierent a tor- 
 
52 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 menz, ib. 65 ; A sos fedeils lavat les piez^ ib. 92. — Of. Les 
 SOS talenz at fort montret, ib. 73; Quar soe fin vedeir 
 voldrat, ib. 168. — Of. La soe mort mult demandant, ib. 
 204. 
 
 Si n^est pas la besoingne moie, Ch. L. 5071. — Of. Le 
 vostre seignor et le mien, ib. 129. 
 
 (B) The Indefinite Article. 
 
 Contrast the following omissions of the indefinite 
 article : 
 
 Altre revendrat Kil reguarderat, Eeim. 54d; je sni 
 messages, Erec 6430; Qu'aingois grant piece qu'il fust 
 jorz, Clig. 1804; Tint cort si riche come rois, Ch. L. 4; 
 il n'avoit Herbergie chevalier errant, ib. 258; Et un man- 
 tel sanz harigot, ib. 5428 ; Se cil sens jorz fust trespassez, 
 ib. 5859, 
 
 with its use in some of the following passages, in which 
 the omission of the article would not have been sur- 
 prising : 
 
 Liverrai lui une mortel bataille, Eol. 658 ; Cil est uns 
 cuens, ib. 917; Uns altre le tint Ainz que il fust nez, 
 Eeim. 54b; Carras de Corque, uns rois mout fiers, Erec 
 1965; Qui por un po n^anrage vis, ib. 4790; vaut miauz 
 . . . Uns cortois morz qu'uns vilains vis, Ch. L. 31; Un 
 vilain, qui ressanbloit mor . . . Vi je seoir sor une 
 goche, Une grant mague an sa main, ib. 288; Oroilles 
 mossues et granz Auteus come a uns olifanz, ib. 299; 
 Je sui uns hon, ib. 330; Je sui, ce voiz, uns chevaliers, 
 ib. 358; N'e cuit qu'onques si fort pleiist, Que d^eve i 
 passast une gote, ib. 416; Li perrons iert d^une esme- 
 raude, Perciez aussi come une boz, ib. 424; Vint plus 
 tost qu'uns alerions, ib. 487; Mout amander et ancherir 
 Se puet de prandre un buen seignor, ib. 2098 ; Mout doit 
 an amer et cherir, Un prodome, quant an le trueve, ib. 
 3210; Dessoz la pel li a tolue Une grant piece de la 
 hanche, ib. 4224; Mes se uns chevaliers s'an ose Por li 
 armer . . . ib. 4796; Cil qui ja n'iert Sanz un lion, ib. 
 
The Adjective. 53 
 
 5020 ; Et Tine grant piece demorent, ib. 5208 ; Et quant 
 ele Fot esgardee Une grant piece, ib. 6237; Eois, s'or 
 puet estre desresniee Ma droiture ne ma querele Par nn 
 chevalier, done Piert ele, ib. 5944. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE ABJECTIVE. 
 
 The non-repetition of the adjective occurs more fre- 
 quently than the simple omission. The most typical of 
 the few examples are : 
 
 Mes plus est hiaus de celui d^ier Et plus de Lancelot 
 del lac, Clig. 4786 ; estoit si bele, que plus ne pooit estre, 
 Auc. 24, 73." 
 
 Dont il ne puet estre que une De grant san et de cor- 
 teisie, Ch. L. 2410 ; A eus grant dolur E a nus honor Le 
 jur apparilierent, Omnip. 74a. 
 
 Mais, si Dex me volt consentir, Onques del mal ne 
 fust si lez Cum tu del bien seras irez, E je serai, Greg. 
 81-8 ; Ja mais n^ierc liede, chiers filz, ne n^iert tes pedre, 
 St. Alex. 27e. 
 
 Quel veie e chemin tuit prenent fin ! " Eeim. 125a. 
 
 Tel nen out Alixandre ne li vielz Constantine, ^N'e 
 n'out Creissenz de Eome, Pel. de Ch. 366. 
 
 The repetition of tot in the same number and gender 
 is usually avoided : 
 
 Et tuit li juene et li chenu, Erec 559 ; Si ai perdu de 
 mon avoir Tot le meillor et le plus chier, Ch. L. 3124. — 
 However, Toz torz et toz mesfez vos quit, Ch. L. 2012. 
 
 The familiar ainc ne fu si omits the repetition of the 
 adjective : 
 
 Quant or i vint Aucassins, Dolans fu, ainc ne fu si, 
 Auc. 11, 8; Or fu lies, ainc ne fu si, ib. 41, 4; Or fu lie, 
 ainc ne fu si, ib. 41, 10. 
 
 "The omission of hiaus in the second of the following 
 verses would correct the meter: Que molt par est tiaus e 
 cortois, Onques plus tiaus nH ot cuens ni rois, Gr^g. 20-7. 
 
 "Text A reads: Que valt le c; text B: Quele voie quel 
 chemin. 
 
54 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 non-repetition of the possessive adjective. 
 
 There are but few cases in which this form of ellipsis 
 appears : " 
 
 Que me remembre de sa dolor et ire, Eol. 489 ; Or le 
 appellerent Lur rei e seniur, Omnip. 98b. 
 
 Though the gender of the second noun is different, 
 the possessive adjective is not repeated in Omnip. 111b, 
 Ore n'ad nul ke sente Ma peine e turment. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE. 
 
 The definite article is customarily repeated. All the 
 exceptions ^^ found are given : 
 
 Granz fut li duols, forz marrimenz. Pass. 121; La 
 defers sont corut li plusor et alquant. Pel. de Ch. 339; 
 Mais go ne set li quels veint ne quels non, Rol. 2567 ; Les 
 fameilous fai saoler, Les nuz vestir e conreer, Morz sevei- 
 lir e enterrer E les nuz vestir e chancier, Greg. 83-23; 
 Tant se sont martele les danz Et les joes et les nasez Et 
 poinz et bras et plus assez, Tanples et hateriaus et cos. 
 Que . . . Erec 5974; Toz li fruiz et blez et vins i vient, 
 ib. 5400." 
 
 Even when the form of the article would be different, 
 the omission in question is not unknown to Old French : 
 
 Se li ciaus chiet et terre font, Erec 4436 ; Cors as gent 
 et avenant, Le poil blont et reluisant, Yairs les ex, ciere 
 riant, Auc. 15, 6 ; Si vi qu'il ot grosse la teste . . . Che- 
 
 "Hirschberg, p. 17, says that this part of speech is re- 
 peated without exception. 
 
 "Hirschberg, p. 16, says: "die Wiederholung des be* 
 stimmten Artikels ist unter alien Umstanden und ohne Aus- 
 nahme erforderlich." 
 
 " In Rol. 2412 — tant me puis esmaiier Que jo ne fui a 
 I'estorn comencier! — a Vestorn comencier = al comencier 
 Vestorn; not a rare construction. 
 
The Adjective. 55 
 
 vos meschiez et front pele . . . Oroilles mossues et granz 
 . . . Les sorciz granz et le vis plat . . . Barbe noire, 
 grenons tortiz, Et le manton aers an piz, Longue eschine, 
 torte et bogue, Ch. L. 295. 
 
 No example of the non-repetition of the indefinite 
 article has been found. 
 
CHAPTEE Y. 
 
 The Pronoun. 
 1. The Nominative Pronoun/ 
 Notwithstanding Tobler^s suggestion "" of the contrary 
 possibility, there seems to be no omission which may be 
 termed ellipsis in sentences which, according to him, 
 express a "direct question in the form of an indirect 
 question/^ as: 
 
 E icil dunt sunt Qui la richesse unt? Keim. 29a; Li 
 avoir dunt li vint? ib. 54a; II qu'en porterat Quant il 
 s^en irat? ib. 55a; Li prince qu^en unt Qui ale s'en sunt? 
 ib. 92a; Morz que demore et que atant. . . ? Erec 4656; 
 Et de sa biaute moi que chaut? Clig. 901; Et disoient: 
 " Ce que puet estre? " ^ Ch. L. 1111; Mes ce comant pot 
 avenir, Que tu mon seignor oceis . . . ? ib. 1232 ; " Qui 
 est, qui se demante si ? ^^ Et cil li respont : " Et vos, 
 qui ? ^^ ib. 3571 ; Por Deu, biaus sire, ce qu'espiaut, Que 
 onques mes ne vos veimes Ne vostre non nomer n^oimes, 
 ib. 4616; Dameiseles, que j^ai veiies An cest prael, don 
 sont venues . . . ? ib. 5227 ; Et il, que fet des deus mau- 
 fez? ib. 5587. 
 
 There is apparently an inversion of the subject,* prob- 
 ably at first for emphasis, with a pronoun replacing it 
 
 ^With the exception which follows, the omission of the 
 nominative pronoun is not treated in this study, for usage 
 had not yet rendered the employment of this pronoun 
 requisite. 
 
 ^ V. B. 1, 56 (article 10) : " Wer gem von Erganzen, Hin- 
 zudenken u. dgl. redet, wiirde etwa sagen miissen, es sei 
 vor diesen Fragesatzen im Gedanken einzuschalten: * ich 
 mochte wohl wissen/ * nun sage mir einer/ ' darf man 
 f ragen ' oder ahnliches." 
 
 ^Cf. Old Provengal: Cosbx leuf aisso que vol dirf Appel's 
 Chrest., Jaufre, p. 20, 1. 429. 
 
 * Jules Le Coultre, p. 27, says: Dans le Chevalier au Lyon 
 nous trouvons plus d'un exemple de cette construction, mais 
 sans Temploi pleonastique du pronom, que Crestien ne con- 
 nalt pas pour les phrases interrogatives. 
 
The Pronoun. 57 
 
 understood after the verb, since the pronoun is sume- 
 times expressed.** This inversion, in which may be seen 
 the forerunner of the general Modern French form of 
 expressing the interrogative, lost, in later times, like est- 
 ce que, much of its early force, which, however, is still 
 retained in certain cases, as when the subject is a pro- 
 noun — Lui, que fait-ilf — precisely as in Ch. L. 5587° 
 above, with the pronoun omitted after the verb. The 
 omission of the pronoun in interrogative sentences is not 
 unusual in Old French.' 
 
 2. The Accusative Pronoun. 
 Since the pronoun is employed to replace some noun 
 to which allusion has been made, the meaning of a sen- 
 tence is often unimpaired through its omission. The 
 ellipsis of the pronoun is therefore of frequent occur- 
 rence. 
 
 A. Simple Ellipsis.® 
 
 Drecent lor sigle, laissent corre par mer, St. Alex. 16d ; 
 Danz Alexis entrat en une nef : Ovrent lor vent, laissent 
 corre par mer, ib. 39a; En France dolce iert menede chai- 
 tive, Qo voelt li reis par amor (sc. la) convertisset, Kol. 
 3673; Si li tendi e si li dist: " Qu'il gardast enz e si (or 
 si = si i?) leissist, Greg. 49-19 ; E li bons venz les a droit 
 mis En cele encontree, tot droit, De quel sa mere dame 
 
 ^Uaveirs Gharlon est il apareilliezf Rol. 643; and so with 
 Crestien, contrary to Le Coultre's statement (see note 4), 
 Et mes sire Gauvains, chaeles, Li frans, li douz, ou iert il 
 donques? Ch. L. 3697. See Schulz, Herrig's Archiv, Bd. 71, 
 p. 305. 
 
 'The verses preceding show the idea of emphasis: Que 
 petit d'a'ie li fet Escuz ne hiaumes, que il et; Car, quant sor 
 le hiaume Vataingnent, Trestot li anbuignent et fraingnent 
 . . . Mout font andui a redoter, 5579-5586. 
 
 ^See Tobler, Zts. f. r. Ph. 3 (1879), p. 144 ff.— e* dont 
 n'aprendra? Fl. u. Bl.; E de ta medre que n'aveies mercitf 
 St. Alex. 88c. 
 
 » See below, p. 63 ft. 
 
58 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 estoit, Qui (sc. le) fist metre es ondes de mer, Por la 
 grant honte eschiver, ib. 52-14 ; Ceo crei : ne laissast, Ne 
 volsist foler, Eeim. 71e; La mague a deus mains leva Et 
 euida ferir a droiture Parmi le chief sanz coverture, Erec 
 4454 ; Et cuide ferir de rechief A delivre parmi le chief, 
 ib. 4465 ; Ancor i a de teus reduiz, Que nus hon ne porroit 
 trover, Clig. 5576; Je li cuit feire tel assaut Qu'il con- 
 perra mout duremant, Erec 2818 ; " craves vos fait de 
 Mcolete . . .?^^ "car laisgies ester/^ ' Auc. 6, 8-14; 
 " Charles ne crient home qui seit vivanz.^^ " Laissiez 
 ester/' dit Marsilies li reis, Eol. 2740; Confortez vos! 
 Leissiez ester, Erec 5863; celui troverent, Que il por 
 ocirre queroient, Ch. L. 1097; Communement crierent: 
 ^ Li rei Juda K^a nus venir denia ! ' haute voiz loerent, 
 Omnip. 94c. 
 
 The pronoun would refer to a following noun in 
 Omnip. 82a, 
 
 La peine deservie Tant ne greve mie Cum cele ke vent 
 a tort. II n^out point deservi. Pur go semla a li Sun 
 turment plus fort. 
 
 B. Before a Dative. 
 The omission of the pronoun in this position is com- 
 paratively rare : ^^ 
 
 " Le" before "te": Je te dirai, Ja mon non ne te 
 celerai," Erec 1059. 
 
 ' If laissier ester means " to cease," there is no ellipsis. 
 Cf., however, laissez m'ester, Gr6g. 106-1; Nicolete laise 
 ester, Auc. 2, 27. 
 
 ^"Except before a dative of the third person, for which 
 see Chapt. I. 
 
 ^ Probably a true case, for the use of le with dire is cus- 
 tomary. Compare : 
 
 Dites le moi, S'il est a conte ou a roi. Des que ci amen6 
 m'avez, Dites le moi, se vos savez, Erec 5383; Qui que il 
 soit, dites le nos, ib. 5424; Dites le moi, se vos savez. An 
 quel leu cist maus vos tient plus, Clig. 3018; Et jel vos dis 
 mout bien avant, Ch. L. 1719; Je le vos dirai sanz mantir, 
 ib. 3624; " Gi6," fet il, " nel vos dirai mie. Querez autrui, 
 qui le vos die! '* ib. 5237; Jo les vus dirrai, Ausi cum jo sal, 
 Omnip. 6a; Pur veirs le vus di, ib. 50e; Pur veir le vus di, 
 ib. 79b. See also P61. de Ch. 741; Clig. 3028, 6597. 
 
The Pronoun. 59 
 
 " Le" before "vos'': Dites qui vos a devant mis, 
 Greg. 45-8 ; " Alez/^ fet il, " je vos comant, A mon sei- 
 gnor seiiremanV^ Clig. 2171; ISTe cuidiez pas que je 
 vos die, Por feire demorer mon conte, ib. 4636 ; " Di le 
 moi, jel te comant.'^ " Je vos dirai? ^^ ib. 6597. 
 
 '*" Les " hefore " vos " : Ne tant sot is n'estes et sages. 
 Que plus trovoiz ici estages, Se je ne vos mostre et an- 
 saing, Clig. 5581. 
 
 C. 
 
 A noun may serve as object to two verbs, even of dif- 
 ferent clauses, not being repeated in the form of a pro- 
 noun before the second verb : 
 
 Trestoz li poples lodet Deu e graciet, St. Alex. 108e; 
 Point le cheval, laisset corre ad espleit, Rol. 3547 ; Puis 
 prist les tables maintenant E le bon paile alisandrin E 
 les IIII mars de Tor fin ; Si enporta ensemble o sei, GTreg. 
 39-8; Les tables prist, si enporta, ib. 69-16; List i les 
 tables e laissa, ib. 70-11; Torchent les chevaus et es- 
 trillent, Erec 359 ; Je n^aim ma vie ne ne pris, ib. 4343 ; 
 Granz vitance est de chevalier Nu desvestir et puis liier 
 Et batre si vilainnemant, ib. 4413; conduit Vers li ses 
 iauz covertemant Et ramainne, Clig. 2801; Thessala 
 trible sa poison, Especes i met a foison Por adoucir et 
 atanprer, ib. 3251; Dus, recovree avons t^amie. Or n^an 
 manront li Grejois mie, ib. 3693 ; prent s'amie devant lui 
 baisant et acolant, Auc. 26, 21 ; S'au bacin viaus de Feve 
 prandre Et dessus le perron espandre . . . Ch. L. 395; 
 il aporterent Par ci le cors, por metre an terre, Ch. L. 
 
 ^Comander requires the pronoun. Compare: 
 Jo m'escondirai ja, se vos le comandez, A jurer sairement 
 o jui'se a porter, P61. de Ch. 34 ; " Volentiers," dist li coens, 
 "quant vos le comandez," ib. 554; so ib. 580; Ne parlez 
 mais, se jo nel vos comant, Rol. 273; Or irez vos certes 
 quant jol comant, ib. 289; Puis quel comant, aler vos en 
 estoet, ib. 300; Ferez, Franceis! car jol vos recomant, ib. 
 1937; Franceis descendent, Charles I'at comandet, ib. 2952; 
 Lors ont le chapelain mand^ Si con li cuens I'ot comand6, 
 Erec 4767; Car avant mener ne vos doi Si con li rois I'a 
 comande, ib. 5866; Relevez sus, jel vos comant, Clig. 381; 
 Cele vient, quant il le comande, ib. 3240, and below ib. 6597. 
 
60 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 1070; Et fiert son piz et esgratine, ib. 1486; qui anbri- 
 cona Le roi tant que il li bailla La reine et mist an sa 
 garde, ib. 3923. 
 
 The noun-subject of the first clause is not replaced by 
 a pronoun when it is the object of the second, in Eol. 
 3625, 
 
 PaUen s'en fuient, com damnes Deus le voelt: En- 
 chalcent Franc et Femperedre avoec. 
 
 The noun-object of a preposition in the first clause is 
 not replaced by a pronoun when object of the verb in the 
 second," in Clig. 267, 
 
 Que des vaslez mout lor enuie. Que Damedeus a port 
 conduie. 
 
 D. 
 
 Eeferring to a phrase or fact, the accusative pronoun 
 is sometimes omitted : " 
 
 Bites-mei tost que vos voles, Por Deu vos pri, ne me 
 seles, Greg. 15-9; Et se je puis,^^ jusqu'au tierz jor Me 
 serai mis el retor, Erec 265; Mais se je puis, il ne vos 
 tenront ja, Auc. 26, 20 ; Mes se je puis, sire vassaus, Sor 
 vos retornera li maus, Ch. L. 497. 
 
 With comander this pronoun is usually employed"; 
 exceptions are: 
 
 Si com comandez. Pel. de Ch. 847; Se vos comandez, 
 Sire, toz voz mires mandez, Clig. 5743. 
 
 " The following examples are given by Tobler in the Oott. 
 Gel. Anz. 1875, p. 1070: Deivent en Deu aveir fiance E en- 
 norer de lur sustance, Wace, 8. N. 19; tendit ses mains por 
 juer a la corone e por prendre, Serm. poit. 193. 
 
 ^* See p. 61. 
 
 ^^ Though the pronoun is usually lacking in the expression 
 se je puis, it was probably understood, at least in early 
 times. Cf. Longement nH serai prise, Se jel puis mie, Auc. 
 5, 24. 
 
 " See note 12, p. 59. 
 
The Pronoun. 61 
 
 The same is true of dire"; the following omissions 
 occur : 
 
 Et iert ovrez tant sotilmant. Dire vos puis certainne- 
 mant, Que nus . . . Erec 2647; Biaus fiz, por Deu, ne 
 dites ! Clig. 123; s'il Faime si com il dist, Auc. 19, 11; 
 Einsi tres leide creature Qu'an ne porroit dire de boche, 
 Ch. L. 290. 
 
 With (1) daignier, (2) oser, (3) savoir and (4) 
 voloir the omission of the pronoun is not unusual : 
 
 (1) Ja le leissames por peresce, Espoir, que nos ne 
 nos levames, Ou por ce, que nos ne deignames! Ch. L. 
 80; Qu^ onques les chevaus an nul leu N"e ferirent ne 
 maheignierent, Qu^il ne vostrent ne ne deignierent, ib. 
 856. 
 
 (2) Volentiers le baisast, mais por son pere n^oset, 
 Pel. de Ch. 826; Dirai li done tot en apert? . . . Je 
 n^oseroie, Erec 3742; Que seul a seul, se Cliges ose, Iert 
 antr^aus bataille prise, Clig. 3948. 
 
 (3) " Ne sai ''—'' 'Ne sai," ce dit chascuns, Erec 765; 
 Mes dites moi, se vos savez, Li chevaliers . . . Ch. L. 
 1799; Si vus savez, numez Li queus vus ferri, Omnip. 
 43b. 
 
 (4) Se li reis voelt, jo i puis aler bien, Eol. 258 ; Mais, 
 si Dex me volt consentir, Onques del mal ne fust si lez 
 Cum tu del bien seras irez, G-reg. 81-8; Mais je le vos 
 conterai, se vos voles, Auc. 22, 25. 
 
 E. The Predicate Pronoun. 
 The predicate pronoun is rarely used in Old French : 
 
 mout me poise. Que por nos deus se conbatront Dui si 
 prodome con cist sont, Ch. L. 5968; Ainz cort li uns a 
 Fautre sore Plus fieremant qu^ains mes ne firent, ib. 
 6158 ; N^estes si estordiz ne vains. Que je autant ou plus 
 ne sole, ib. 6254. 
 
 " See note 11, p. 58. 
 
62 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Yet, as Tobler ^* points out, its use was not unknown. 
 Examples, supplementary to his list, are: 
 
 Je sui vostre et estre le vuel, Erec 3367; Car se je par 
 vos ne le sui, Ne serai chevaliers clamez, Clig. 354; Eois, 
 s^or puet estre desresniee Ma droiture ne ma querele Par 
 un chevalier, done Fiert ele Par cestui, Ch. L. 5944. 
 
 Si, which might be considered to replace a predicate 
 pronoun, has no such value according to Tobler, who 
 says, " ein pradikativer Ausdruck ganzlich f ehlt.^^ " The 
 statement leaves room for doubt. Is this si not similar 
 in meaning to the English " so,^^ which is equivalent to 
 a predicate pronoun? At least many of Tobler's ex- 
 amples do not exclude this possibility, particularly those 
 in which si is accompanied by et. This is true also of the 
 following : 
 
 Ne cuident pas que il ne soient Tuit de contes ou de 
 roi fil ; Et por voir si estoient il, Clig. 322. 
 
 Moreover, Tobler does not consider si with fairs to 
 have the value of a pronoun, and his statement that it is 
 "beinah eine Konj unction ^^ seems questionable. If it 
 be equivalent to a pronoun, there is no way by which this 
 meaning can be shown more clearly than by the follow- 
 ing examples : 
 
 " Laissiez les morz tot issi com il sont ^^ . . . " Dreiz 
 emperedre, chiers sire, si ferons,^^ Eol. 2435-2441 ; " Vos 
 n'i iroiz ! '' ^' Je si ferai,^^ Erec 215 ; " Ne ne te fis honte 
 ne let.'' Erec respont: "Si avez fet,'' ib. 1007; Mes 
 Deus li porra bien eidier, Et je cuit que si fera il, ib. 
 3428 ; si apela la dame et li dist qu'ele alast por Aucassin 
 son ami. Et ele si fist, Auc. 40, 37. 
 
 Furthermore, the object pronoun does not, to my 
 knowledge, occur with si thus employed, apparently giv- 
 
 "V. B. 1, 87 (article 15). 
 
The Pronoun. 63 
 
 ing si the force of a pronoun, whereas it is found in the 
 negative : 
 
 J'i puis aler molt bien. — N'el ferez certes, dist li cuens 
 Oliviers, Eol. 254; Erec a la dame comande Qu^ele 
 dorme, et il vellera. Cele respont que nel f era ; Car n'est 
 droiz, et feire nel viaut, Erec 3090. 
 
 It will be seen from above citations that the use of si 
 in place of the pronoun in cases such as the following, 
 would be entirely in accordance with Old French usage : 
 
 Lors dit au lion, qu'il se traie Arriere et que toz coiz 
 se gise, Et il le fet a sa devise, Ch. L. 4472. 
 
 F. The Reflexive Pronoun. 
 
 The freedom with which object pronouns might be 
 omitted in Old French has been seen." Usage of the 
 reflexive pronoun was not more rigid. In general, un- 
 necessary object pronouns often remained unexpressed 
 in many cases in which Modern French requires them. 
 
 Since the pronoun, as object to the principal verb, was 
 often necessary to a complete understanding of the sen- 
 tence, and was also used, as in most languages, when the 
 idea might be conveyed without its aid, it was usually 
 expressed with the principal verb. This is also true to a 
 certain extent of the reflexive pronoun, but its appear- 
 ance was governed rather by the usage of the verb as a 
 reflexive. As there was no emphasis on this pronoun, the 
 unstressed form — whether reflexive or not — was used,^ 
 and usually placed before the verb, or before the first of 
 two verbs necessarily dependent on each other to express 
 the idea, as aler followed by an infinitive or a present 
 participle, and comencier, cuidier, devoir, oser, pooir, 
 
 " P. 57 ff. 
 
64 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 prendre a, rover, sa/ooir, venvr and voloir governing in- 
 finitives : 
 
 For eiel tiel dnol rova s clergier^ St. Leg. 65 (diplo- 
 matic text. See clergier, p. 96) ; Danz Alexis la prist 
 ad apeler, St. Alex. 13b; En la samaine qued il s'en dut 
 aler, ib. 59a; De nnle chose certes ne Tsai blasmer^ ib. 
 69b ; Yait s^apoiier ^ soz le pin a la tige, Eol. 500 ; se vait 
 escridant, ib. 2843; Que a lui se puisse accorder, Greg. 
 97-6; Que mort trover vos i cuidoie, Clig. 5068; A de- 
 menter si se prist,"^ Anc. 11, 10 ; et qu'il le viegne cacier, 
 ib. 18, 19 ; Et qui or me voldra antandre, Cuer et oroilles 
 me doit randre, Ch. L. 169; W\ a celi, qui s'ost movoir, 
 ib. 344; se commencierent a esbruir,^ Bersuire, T, Liv, 
 (Godefroy). 
 
 But when the dependent verb is unnecessary for the 
 completion of the simple principal statement, being 
 added simply to modify or enlarge on the statement, the 
 preceding noun or pronoun — whether object or subject — 
 often indicates clearly the object of this subordinate 
 verb, and the object pronoun may then be omitted, (a) 
 reflexive, (&) non-reflexive: 
 
 (a) En tei deis prendre grant porpens E contenir"" 
 en itel guise Que il ne tort a vilenie, Greg. 28-10; 
 Aparelliez sui de defandre,"^ Erec 5931; mais ele n^avoit 
 cure de marier,"*' Auc. 38, 10; S'ales selonc cele forest 
 esbanoiier,'" ib. 20, 22; Apres mangier sanz remuer," 
 Ch. L. 595; D^ici m^en voi pur asperir,*' 8. Bran- 
 
 2" See p. 39, note 11. 
 
 ^Not to be mistaken for the reflexive of prendre and 
 comencier, as has been done by Suchier (glossary to Auc.) 
 and Godefroy (under esbruir, neuter) respectively. See 
 lists, p. 70 ff. 
 
 ^No other example of the non-reflexive use (when the 
 meaning is reflexive) has been found. 
 
 *' Only one other example of the non-reflexive use has been 
 found. 
 
 ^ Thus even with aJer. Eshanoiier is more often reflexive. 
 Suchier (glossary to Auc.) says: " inf. avec pron. r6fl. sous- 
 entendu.'* 
 
 ^ More often reflexive. 
 
The Pronoun. 65 
 
 dan, 1316, Michel (Godefroy) ; Trois jorz i dort seins 
 esperir,^ Gerv., Best. (Godefroy) ; Dune s'en ala li ber, 
 ni out ke kurecer,*' Gam., 8, Thorn. (Godefroy) ; M out 
 ke kurucer,** id., ib. ; ou n^ot qu'espaorir/" Herb. Leduc, 
 Folq. de Cand. p. 157, Tarbe (Godefroy) ; n^i ot qu^es- 
 pauerir,"* Beuv. d'Hanst. (Godefroy) ; A sun pere se vout 
 gaber Et en gabant li vout monstrer . . . Wace, Brut 
 (Bartsch^s Chrest. 113, 4) ; ne vos caut d'esmaier,'" Chev. 
 au cygne, II, 3558, Hippeau (Godefroy) ; Ne vous ehaut 
 d'esmaier,^ Berte, 324, Scheler (Godefroy) ; ne s^a de 
 coi reconforter," Roman de Renart (Bartsch^s Chrest. 
 213, 28) ; Pur go vus pri del tut gehir, Merci crier e 
 repentir," Vie de saint Gilles, 2819 (Godefroy) ; A Huit- 
 sand est venuz, ala par le graver Pur esgarder Fore et 
 pur esbaneier,*^ Gam., Vie de 8. Thorn. (Godefroy) ; En 
 mervillant "" mes cuers s'esveille, Kenclus de Moiliens, 
 de Carite, LXXI, 6, Van Hamel (Godefroy); Ne le 
 quidai pas eslongier, Assi con por esbanoier " M'en parti 
 al solel levant, Durmars le Gallois, 3923, Stengel (Gode- 
 froy) ; Le menerent li desloial pour esbanier au defors 
 de la cite, Chron. de 8. Den. (Godefroy) ; Alons i tost 
 abanoiant, Eob. de Blois, Poes. (Godefroy). 
 
 (b)^ S'il vint a li por conforter, Greg. 21-7; Quant 
 desarmez les orent toz, Por mostrer a lor janz dessoz, Les 
 ont as deffanses montez, Clig. 2159; Especes i met a 
 foison Por adoucir et atanprer, ib. 3252; huis ne fenestre 
 N^est nus qui an cest mur veist, Et cuidiez vos qu'an le 
 poist An nule guise trespasser Sanz anpirier et sanz 
 quasser? ib. 5604; Ja la voloient au feu metre Por rostir 
 et por greillier, ib. 6016; si traist au chastel por asalir, 
 Auc. 8, 4; c^'on le remenroit en le vile por ardoir, ib. 16, 
 31 ; prent s'amie devant lui baisant et acolant, ib. 26, 21; 
 il aporterent Par ci le cors, por metre an terre, Ch. L. 
 1070; celui troverent, Que il por ocirre queroient, ib. 
 1097; Qui voit qu'an le quiert por ocirre, ib. 1553; Ke 
 
 ^ These are the only cases of non-reflexive use found (ex- 
 cept some in which the verb depends on faire. See p. 66). 
 *^More often reflexive. 
 ^ See Tobler, Oott. Gel. Anz. 1875, p. 1070. 
 5 
 
6B Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 quistrent nostre sire Nent sulement pur occire, Tant 
 furent feluns^ Mes crucifier Pur lungement pener, 
 Omnip. 83d. 
 
 It may be partly through this frequent omission of 
 the object pronoun that the substantive use of the infini- 
 tive became general: 
 
 Car quan que avums, Dunt nos tant penums De Vsl- 
 munceler . . . Eeim. Ilia; Qui au descire mist s^an- 
 tante, Erec 6739; II n^i a que del consirrer,^ Ch. L. 
 3119; Wi ot neant de Teschaper Ne del ganchir ne del 
 deffandre, ib. 3284. 
 
 Even the verbs depending on covenir, estovoir, faire^ 
 laissier, her, mener, oir, veoir, and usually when de- 
 pending on venir, though necessary to the principal state- 
 ment, are used without the reflexive pronoun, for the 
 object of the above verbs is identical, with that of the 
 dependent infinitive, or, as with venir, the subject of the 
 principal verb is the same person as the object of the 
 dependent infinitive, and thus no obscurity results. A 
 decided tendency to omit the unimportant reflexive pro- 
 noun — object of a dependent infinitive — is thus seen : 
 
 Oovenir: Des or aler les an covient, Erec 5260 ; Cuida, 
 qu'a lui le covenist Conbatre,'' Ch. L. 3389 ; Li cuers li 
 faut, si le covint pasmer,"" La Bataille d'Aliscans 
 (Bartsch's Ohrest, 80, 40). 
 
 ^In a note to this verse Foerster says: Nur ist zu be- 
 merken, dass consirrer refl. ist, das Refl.-Pron. . . . aber 
 beim subst. Inf. fallt. 
 
 ^A rare exception is found in Pass. 35: (Jesiis) Qui eps 
 les morz fait se revivre. 
 
 When depending on comander, atorner, which is in all 
 other cases reflexive, is used without the reflexive pronoun 
 in Erec 2293: Erec ne vost plus sejorner; Sa fame comande 
 atorner. But it is not, of course, certain that fame is the 
 object of comande. 
 
 *^ Usually reflexive. 
 
 ^ See p. 71, note 47. 
 
The Pronoun. 67 
 
 Estovoir: Panse (m'arester li estuet, Erec 3581 ; Iluec 
 I'estuet anuit logier, ib. 4121; Recroire ou reposer Fes- 
 tuet, ib. 5014. 
 
 Faire: E si le face o sei soper E un petit al feu chau- 
 fer," Greg. 88-13 ; Por lui feire plus esmaiier ^ Li ra une 
 anvaie feite, Erec 3856 ; A tant uns messages acort, Que 
 il orent fet avancier," ib. 6424 ; Lors le fet la dame dre- 
 cier/' Ch. L. 6738; El fosse les unt fait ruer/' Wace, 
 Rou (Bartsch's Chrest., 123, 30). 
 
 Laissier: ne les laist guaires departir," Gr^g. 59-20; 
 Ainz qu^il le laissast remuer," Erec 3988 ; Et cez janz de- 
 partir laissiez; Qu'il se departiront par tans, Ch. L. 
 1312 ; Or nos laisies a vos paier'° et acorder," Rerumt de 
 Montauban (Bartsch's Chrest., 83, 26). 
 
 Loer: Si con je vos lo contenir," Ch. L. 1315. 
 
 Mener: Et ele me mena seoir,*' Ch. L. 238. 
 
 O'ir: " Ne vos conoistroie des mois, Se je nomer ** ne 
 vos ooie Ou desarme ne vos veoie.^' Lors s'est mes sire 
 Yvains nomez, Ch. L. 2276. 
 
 Venir: Furent venu esbanoiier," Clig. 1268; Mes s'a 
 ma cort voloit venir Cist chevaliers o nos deduire/" ib. 
 4972. 
 
 Veoir: La verrez . . . L^un acier depecier a l^altre et 
 entroschier,** Pel. de Ch. 547 ; Que je les veisse deduire " 
 De vostre mort, Ch. L. 3744; Ses voient antreconjoir/^ 
 ib. 6317. 
 
 The dependent infinitive described above — which is 
 unnecessary for the statement of the principal idea — is 
 regularly preceded by a preposition, and the object pro- 
 
 ^ Reflexive in all other cases. 
 
 This omission of the reflexive pronoun, object of the verb 
 depending on faire, is still found in Modern French: je Ven 
 ferai repentir. 
 
 ^*More often reflexive. 
 
 ^ Usually reflexive. 
 
 ^" Reflexive in all other cases. 
 
 " Though the example is not satisfactory, it is noteworthy 
 that no examples of the reflexive use of a verb depending 
 on mener have been found. 
 
68 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 noun, when used, occurs in the stressed form. It is 
 probably the general belief that the reason for this form 
 of the pronoun is the influence of the preceding preposi- 
 tion ^^ — ^that it was felt to be governed by it. Examina- 
 tion, however, points to a different cause. 
 
 It will be seen from the following examples that in 
 the earlier writings the object pronoun — reflexive or 
 non-reflexive — when occurring in this position, usually 
 bears a certain amount of stress, which is in some cases 
 only the stress resulting from a desire to distinguish this 
 pronoun from one preceding or following : 
 
 Al due Willeame vindrent pur els (i= soi) esbaneier, 
 Bou, Andresen (Godefroy) ; S'amors me chastie et menace 
 Por moi aprandre et anseignier, Doi je mon mestre desdei- 
 gnier ? Clig. 682 ; Que desirranz et anvieus Sui ancor de 
 moi remirer El front, ib. 806; Que ja a tant n'iert de 
 male part Cliges, s^il set que ele Faint Et que tel vie por 
 lui maint Con de garder son pucelage Por lui garder son 
 eritage, ib. 3224 ; Et je cuit que por aus grever Leva ainz 
 qu^ele (= la lune) ne soloit, ib. 1702; De lui armer 
 mout se travaillent, Ch. L. 4160; Si se pooient esjoir 
 Mout de li veoir et oir, ib. 5371 ; Por lui eidier cele part 
 cort Et por lui meisme deffandre, ib. 5642. 
 
 In view, then, of the frequent omission of the unim- 
 portant object pronoun, and a decided stress on it in 
 many of its occurrences, it appears that the stressed form 
 is probably due to an emphasis laid on the word, and not 
 to the influence of the preceding preposition. It may 
 therefore be assumed that at an early period only the 
 stressed form was used in this position, for, if unem- 
 phatic, the pronoun would be omitted — a usage in ac- 
 cordance with the brevity of expression of the Latin 
 mother tongue. If, then, the pronoun, though not em- 
 
 ^^ See Le Coultre, p. 55. 
 
The Pronoun. 69 
 
 phatic, were to be inserted for any reason, it is highly 
 improbable that it would be used in any but the stressed 
 form, possibly aided by a freedom in the use of this form 
 of the pronoun when apparently not required.^ 
 
 There was later a tendency to insert the pronoun when 
 not strictly necessary for the understanding of the sen- 
 tence, the result of which is seen in Modern French 
 usage. The occasional appearance of the unnecessary 
 non-reflexive object pronoun may be considered to mark 
 the rise of this tendency — that of the reflexive pronoun 
 probably being due to a different cause, i, e., an exten- 
 sion of the use of this pronoun with verbs ordinarily re- 
 flexive, to the position in question — an extension less 
 surprising than its considerably more usual omission. 
 Examples of this use of the pronoun are : 
 
 As tables joeent por els esbaneiier, Rol. Ill ; Sebile la 
 roine par delez le gravier Fu de sa tante issue por li es- 
 benoier, J. Bod., Sojx,, LXVII, Michel (Godefroy). 
 
 The following lists of verbs, including only those 
 found in the works examined for this dissertation, are 
 given with a view of showing Old French usage of the 
 reflexive pronoun, for it is only with this knowledge at 
 hand that the ellipsis of this pronoun can be studied.*" 
 
 ^* See p. 41, note. Cf. also: Erre a tant par le pais Sei 
 reponant cum hom fuitiSj Ben., D. de Norm., II, 5904, Michel 
 (Godefroy). 
 
 "" It is hoped that the following lists are correct, but the 
 diflaculty of precise classification will be readily understood, 
 as examples of usage contrary to that here recorded may 
 occur in writings not studied for this work, since only the 
 works on which this dissertation is based, together with 
 Godefroy's Dictionnaire, and the glossaries (with their ref- 
 erences) of Bartsch's Chrestomathie and that of Constans, 
 have been consulted for the present study. See pp. 63-69. 
 
70 
 
 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Verbs used reflexivel}^ and non- 
 
 ahaissier{r) 
 
 acointier a, de(r)^ 
 
 acorder (r) 
 
 acouchier 
 
 adeser 
 
 adoucir 
 
 adrecier (r) (to 
 
 turn, go) 
 aerdre 
 aferir (n) 
 afiler 
 
 agregier (n4:,rl) 
 ajoster 
 (en) aler 
 alumer {n 3, r 1) 
 amasser 
 amender 
 angoissier 
 apareillier (r)^ 
 apercevoir 
 apoiier (r) 
 aprochier 
 aproismier 
 arester 
 ariver (n) 
 
 assembler 
 assener (n) 
 asseoir (r) 
 atargier 
 avaler (n) 
 daignier (n 2, r 
 haissier 
 coarder (n) 
 comb aire (f) 
 consirer (r) 
 contretenir 
 copier 
 corrocier (r) 
 couchier (r) 
 craindA-e de + 
 
 object, (r) 
 crester (r) 
 crever (n) 
 cr oiler 
 cropir 
 deduire (r) 
 deg racier 
 delaiier (n) 
 dementer (r) 
 demorer (n) 
 
 reflexively : *^ 
 
 departir (r) 
 
 descendre {Ujrl) 
 
 descirer 
 
 desclore 
 
 descombrer (r) 
 1) desevrer (n) 
 
 desmesurer (r) 
 
 desperer (r) 
 
 desver (n) 
 
 desvoiier 
 
 detrier 
 
 devenir (n) 
 
 doloir (r) 
 
 dormir (n) 
 
 doter (r) 
 
 emhroncMer (r) 
 
 empaindre 
 
 empirier (n) 
 
 encliner 
 
 enflamer (figura- 
 tively) 
 
 engraignier (n) 
 
 enhardir (r) 
 
 envoisier 
 
 esbair (r) 
 
 *^ Verbs noticeably more often reflexive or non-reflexive 
 are indicated by a following (r) and (n) respectively. No 
 letter following shows that usage is fairly equally divided. 
 Note is made of the number of examples found of either 
 form when it is unusual. 
 
 ^^ Only one example of the non-reflexive use has been 
 found. See Godefroy. 
 
 "^ Only two examples of non-reflexive use found, Gr6g. 
 101-5; 101, 24. 
 
The Pronoun. 
 
 71 
 
 eshanoiier (r) 
 eschaper (n) 
 esclicier (n) (to 
 
 break into 
 
 pieces, splinter) 
 cs crier 
 esforder 
 esjo'ir (r) 
 e$movoir (r) 
 espandre 
 espanir (to 
 
 bloom) 
 esploitier (n) 
 espo enter (r) 
 esragier (n) 
 essorer 
 estanchier 
 estendre (r) 
 ester (n) 
 estoner (r) 
 estordre 
 estre (n) 
 esveillier (r) 
 faindre (r) 
 (en) f(nr 
 forfaire 
 forsener (n) 
 gaher 
 
 garder (que) 
 
 garnvr (r) 
 
 gesir (n) 
 
 guenchir (n) 
 
 herhergier 
 
 issir 
 
 joer de (r) 
 
 joster (n) 
 
 lander (r)** 
 
 lasser 
 
 lever (r)^ 
 
 logier (r) 
 
 marier (r)^ 
 
 merveillier (r) 
 
 mescroire 
 
 mesfaire 
 
 monter (n) 
 
 morir (n) 
 
 movoir 
 
 nagier (n) 
 
 ohlier (n) 
 
 osteler (r) 
 
 oster 
 
 paler (r) (to be- 
 come recon- 
 ciled) 
 
 partvr (de) (r) 
 
 pasmer (r)" 
 
 passer (r)** 
 peder 
 penser (n) 
 plaindre (r) 
 plorer (n) 
 porpenser (r) 
 porrir (n) 
 prendre (n) (to 
 
 terminate) 
 prendre a -f- 
 
 verb (n) 
 prendre esgart de 
 prendre regart de 
 raler (n) 
 en raler (r) 
 ralumer (r)" 
 recroire (n) 
 redoter (r) 
 redreder 
 relever 
 remanoir (n) 
 rememhrer 
 removoir (r) 
 remuer (r) 
 renoveler 
 repeirier (with 
 
 en, r) 
 repenser (r) 
 
 ** Only one case of non-reflexive use, Rol. 2154. 
 *'' Reflexive in slightly more than two-thirds of the cases 
 found. 
 
 *'^ Only one case of non-reflexive use, Clig. 3138. 
 " Only one case of non-reflexive use, Rol. 1348. 
 *^ When not referring to time. 
 *^ Only one case of non-reflexive use, St. Alex. 124e. 
 
72 
 
 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 repondre (r) 
 
 saner 
 
 
 tenir {fig., r) 
 
 reposer (n) 
 
 sejorner (n) 
 
 
 torner {71) 
 
 resaner 
 
 sentir (r)^ 
 
 
 traire 
 
 resordre 
 
 seoir (n) 
 
 
 travailUer (r) (to 
 
 resortir (to draw 
 
 sevrer{r) (to 
 
 sep- 
 
 exert oneself) 
 
 back) 
 
 arate oneself 
 
 trespasser (n) 
 
 respasser (n) 
 
 from) 
 
 
 trestorner (n) 
 
 ressoignier 
 
 sofrir (to wai 
 
 Lt) 
 
 triholer 
 
 retarder 
 
 solacier 
 
 
 vanter de (r; 
 
 retenir 
 
 sordre (n) 
 
 
 en venir (r) 
 
 retorner 
 
 taire (r) 
 
 
 vestir (n) 
 
 retraire 
 
 tapi/r 
 
 
 vestir de (r) 
 
 revenir (with en, 
 
 tarder 
 
 
 vvvre (n) 
 
 _r) 
 
 targier 
 
 
 en voler 
 
 rire 
 
 temer (n) 
 
 
 
 Eefiexive verbs 
 
 (when the meaning 
 
 is reflexive) : 
 
 ahandoner 
 
 aquiter de 
 
 
 conforter 
 
 ahrier 
 
 ar^t^er (to hasten) 
 
 contenir 
 
 acheminer 
 
 armer 
 
 
 en corre 
 
 acoilUr 
 
 atarder 
 
 
 crier (to sing, 
 
 acoster 
 
 atendre a (to 
 
 
 Auc. 5, 13) 
 
 icoter (to alight; 
 
 rely on) 
 
 
 croire de 
 
 to lie down) 
 
 atorner 
 
 
 dehatre (to fight, 
 
 agenouilUer 
 
 atropeler 
 
 
 quarrel) 
 
 aloser (to distin- 
 
 avancier 
 
 
 defendre 
 
 guish oneself; 
 
 chauffer 
 
 
 degeter (to throw 
 
 to boast) 
 
 darner (to com- 
 
 oneself around) 
 
 amesurer 
 
 plain; to < 
 
 3all) 
 
 dehurter 
 
 apenser 
 
 complaindre 
 
 (to 
 
 depaner 
 
 apondre 
 
 complain) 
 
 
 desarmer 
 
 aprester 
 
 concroire 
 
 
 desconforter 
 
 ^° Only one case of non-reflexive use, which may be due to 
 coalescence: Quant ele senti eiihraceej Gr6g. 9-6. 
 

 The Pronoun. 
 
 73 
 
 desfigurer 
 
 espaorir 
 
 en prendre a 
 
 deshaitier 
 
 esperir {to Siwake) 
 
 prendre garde 
 
 destoldre 
 
 esprover 
 
 quatir 
 
 desvestir (de) 
 
 estreindre (to 
 
 racheminer 
 
 detenir 
 
 wrap oneself 
 
 ragenouillier 
 
 devoUer 
 
 up, etc.) 
 
 rasseoir 
 
 diverser 
 
 esvertuer 
 
 reclamer (to ap- 
 
 drecier 
 
 ferir (to strike, 
 
 peal to, to call 
 
 embatre 
 
 speaking of 
 
 upon) 
 
 emhler 
 
 light, etc.; to 
 
 reconforter 
 
 empasser 
 
 throw oneself) 
 
 reconoistre (to 
 
 endormir 
 
 fier 
 
 remember) 
 
 engresser 
 
 geter (to throw 
 
 repentir de 
 
 enhastir 
 
 oneself) 
 
 resjo'ir 
 
 en entrer 
 
 giieitier (to gnardi 
 
 revengier (Ch. L. 
 
 eshatre 
 
 oneself; to ex- 
 
 643) 
 
 esbruire (to rush 
 
 pect) 
 
 ruer 
 
 in alarm) 
 
 hosier 
 
 sofrir de 
 
 escoilUr (to rush) 
 
 loer 
 
 sostenir 
 
 escrevanter 
 
 memhrer (per- 
 
 tooillier (to roll, 
 
 (Pass. 250) 
 
 sonal) 
 
 wallow) 
 
 es freer " 
 
 metre (a) 
 
 transmetre (St. 
 
 eslaissier 
 
 mostrer 
 
 Leg. 86) 
 
 esloignier (to go 
 
 noier 
 
 vengier de 
 
 away) 
 
 prendxre (a) (to 
 
 
 esmaier 
 
 compare one- 
 
 
 esmerveillier °^ 
 
 self) 
 
 
 Non-reflexive verbs : 
 
 
 ahelir (to please) 
 
 afehlir 
 
 ardoir 
 
 acoisier 
 
 apaisier (to be- 
 
 avenir 
 
 acostumer (per- 
 
 come quiet. 
 
 haaillier 
 
 sonal) 
 
 calm) 
 
 beer 
 
 " One example of 
 
 non-reflexive use in 
 
 the fourteenth cen- 
 
 tury, J. d' Arras, Melus (Godefroy). 
 
74 
 
 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 hoivre 
 
 encomender 
 
 froissier 
 
 hrisier 
 
 encroistre 
 
 garir (to recover, 
 
 chalemeler 
 
 entendre a 
 
 to heal) 
 
 clialoir 
 
 entreprendre (to 
 
 hurter (Ch. L. 
 
 cheoir 
 
 commit an er- 
 
 935) 
 
 chevauchier 
 
 ror — Erec 
 
 joer (not fol- 
 
 ccmencier^ 
 
 5554) 
 
 lowed by the 
 
 condormir (Pass. 
 
 errer (to start, to 
 
 genitive) 
 
 122) 
 
 travel) 
 
 joindre a (to at- 
 
 conter 
 
 escarteler (Erec 
 
 tack, to join in 
 
 converser (to 
 
 977) 
 
 combat) 
 
 stop, remain) 
 
 esclairier (refer- 
 
 jo'ir (to take 
 
 crier (to shout) 
 
 ring to the 
 
 pleasure in, to 
 
 croistre (to grow) 
 
 "day-) 
 
 rejoice) 
 
 croistre (cromsir) 
 
 escouter 
 
 laissier (to de- 
 
 cuidier (to be- 
 
 escumer 
 
 sist) 
 
 lieve) 
 
 esgarer (to go 
 
 laver 
 
 depecier 
 
 astray — Ch. L. 
 
 luire 
 
 dependre 
 
 771) 
 
 mangier 
 
 desherhergier 
 
 espartir (to 
 
 memhrer (imper- 
 
 desteler 
 
 lighten) 
 
 sonal) 
 
 devier 
 
 estenceler 
 
 mentir " 
 
 durer 
 
 fahloier 
 
 mesavenir 
 
 emhraser 
 
 fausser 
 
 mescheoir 
 
 empUr (Erec 
 
 fendre 
 
 mesprendre 
 
 4747) 
 
 finer 
 
 metre a oevre 
 
 enchanter 
 
 fondre 
 
 (Ch. L. 1523) 
 
 enchargier (Ch. 
 
 fraindre 
 
 naistre 
 
 L. 4416) 
 
 fremir 
 
 noter 
 
 "2 An example of the reflexive use occurs in the fourteenth 
 century: ainsi se commenga la bataille, Froissart (Bartsch's 
 Chrest., 431, 8). 
 
 ^ The following reflexive use — according to Godefroy — 
 occurs: De tot se ment^ Men le poez prover, Rol. ms. Ch§,- 
 teauroux, ccccxiii, 26. 
 

 The Pronoun. 
 
 75 
 
 noveler 
 
 r assembler (Ch. 
 
 songier 
 
 ovrir '* 
 
 L. 6220) 
 
 sortir 
 
 palir 
 
 receter 
 
 sospirer 
 
 parler 
 
 recJieoir 
 
 sovenir 
 
 parvenir 
 
 recomencier 
 
 suer 
 
 passer (referring 
 
 reluire 
 
 tarir 
 
 to time) 
 
 resaillir " 
 
 toner 
 
 percevoir (not 
 
 resoner 
 
 travaiUier 
 
 followed by 
 
 rogir 
 
 trembler 
 
 the genitive) 
 
 rompre 
 
 tresaler (refer- 
 
 perder 
 
 saillir (to spring, 
 
 ring to time) 
 
 peser 
 
 jump) 
 
 tressaillir 
 
 plaire (imper- 
 
 sanglotir 
 
 tressuer 
 
 sonal) 
 
 sechier 
 
 tumer 
 
 plovoir 
 
 senibler (to seem) 
 
 valoir 
 
 porparler 
 
 servir de 
 
 veillier 
 
 quacier (Ch. L. 
 
 sifter 
 
 venter 
 
 6129) 
 
 sivre 
 
 vuidier (to emp- 
 
 raleiier (Eol. 
 
 sofrir (to suffer) 
 
 ty out, be- 
 
 3525) 
 
 sorter 
 
 come empty) 
 
 Occasionally the reflexive pronoun required by the 
 second of two dependent infinitives is omitted, when the 
 first of these verbs is not reflexive. The omission is thus 
 caused by the failure to repeat the auxiliary, before 
 which object pronouns are usually placed : 
 
 Wi poissent ansanble antrer, N^anmi la porte antran- 
 contrer, Ch. L. 911. 
 
 Reciprocal action is regularly denoted by reflexive 
 verbs compounded with the preposition entre. Some- 
 
 " Reflexive in one case in the fourteenth century — with 
 Froissart (see Godefroy). 
 
 ^ Possibly reflexive in the following, as Grodef roy says : 
 II joint ses pies, se resaut ens la mer, Huon de Bord., 5391, 
 A. P. 
 
76 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 times the reflexive pronoun, together with this prefix, is 
 omitted : ^^ 
 
 Puis fierent il nut a nut sor lor hroignes, Eol. 3585; 
 Si fierent parmi les blazons, Erec 2880. 
 
 G. After Prepositions. 
 
 Prepositional objects are often omitted in Old French. 
 Probably no omission of the pronoun standing for 
 things or animals was felt after a preposition, for its 
 use in this position was rare."' But because of the fre- 
 quent employment of the personal object pronoun, omis- 
 sions of this pronoun are, with most prepositions, true 
 cases of ellipsis. 
 
 Ellipses occur with the following prepositions : 
 
 Apres: Li miens tote voie s'atorne, De lui siure et 
 dealer apres, Clig. 4512; Alez avant, j'irai apres, ib. 
 5596; Si tost s'an fuit . . . Et mes sire Yvains de ran- 
 don Quanqu^il puet, apres esperone, Ch. L. 876 ; El droit 
 chemin s'est anbatuz Li chevaliers mout sagemant, Et 
 mes sire Yvains folemat (read folemant) Hurte grant 
 aleiire apres, ib. 932 ; Mes il les anchause de pres Et tuit 
 si conpeignon apres, ib. 3259; Tantost mes sire Yvains 
 s^an part Et li lions toz jorz apres, ib. 3770. 
 
 Arriere: Espoir tost eschaperiiens. Car cil sont ancor 
 mout arriere, Erec 3558. 
 
 Avuec: Enchalcent Franc et Pemperedre avoec, Eol. 
 3626. 
 
 ''^The prefix alone may also be lacking: Si se conhatent 
 une chaude, Ch. L. 6135; Et par po quHl ne s'escervelent, ib. 
 6141; Si se donent males groigniees, ib. 6145; Que si par 
 igal s'anvaissent Qu'a . . . ib. 6202. 
 
 ^"^ In the following instances it is so used : 
 
 Marsilies fait porter un livre avant . . . Sor lui jurat li 
 Sarrazins Espans, Rol. 610; Li destriers est et coranz et 
 adates . . . Beste nen est qui encontre lui alget, ib. 1651- 
 1657; Si desgendent u sablon Deles le rive. Aucassins fu 
 desgendus entre lui et s'amie, Auc. 27, 18; et vint au palais 
 et desgendi entre lui et s'aipie, ib. 28, 22; ... le fust, qui 
 est coverz De I'escorce, qui sor lui nest, Ch. L. 1034. 
 
The Pronoun. 77 
 
 Delez: Charlemaignes s'assist et sis ruistes barnez, Li 
 reis Hugue li Forz et sa moillier delez^ Pel. de Ch. 400 ; 
 An un lit le fist seul couchier . . . An un autre lit jut 
 delez Enide ansanble la reine, Erec 4272 ; Erec ont sus 
 couchie anvers . . . Enide chevauche de lez, ib. 4732. 
 
 Derriere: Les dis eschieles Charlon li at mostredes: 
 "Vedez Forgoeil de France la lodede. Molt fierement 
 chevalchet Femperedre, II est deriedre od cele gent bar- 
 bede/^ ""* Pol. 3314; Le prise par devant et loe Teus qui 
 derriers li f et la moe, Clig. 4549 ; Une autel porte avoit 
 deriere Come cele devant estoit, Ch. L. 956 ( ?). 
 
 Devant: Puis si chevalchet od sa grant ost banide. 
 Devant chevalchet uns Sarrazins, Abismes, Rol. 1630; 
 Ferir la vost parmi le vis : Et cele a son braz devant mis, 
 Erec 181 ; Or venez petite anbleiire ! J^irai devant grant 
 aleiire, ib. 4189; Et li lions lez lui costoie . . . Devant 
 a la voie s^aquiaut Tant qu^il santi dessoz le vant, Si 
 come il s'an aloit devant, Bestes sauvages an pasture, 
 Ch. L. 3412. 
 
 Encontre: A grant honor encontr'issirent, Pass. 36; 
 Encontre li grant joie firent. Sa feme est encontre 
 venue, Greg. 18-22 ; Encontre vint esperonant, ib. 73-18 ; 
 Et quant li rois les a veiies, Ancontre se lieve an estant, 
 Erec 1680; Li dui anpereor ansanble, Quant il oirent la 
 novele De Cliges et de la pucele, Ancontre vont a mout 
 grant joie, Clig. 3936; Ancontre tuit et totes issent, Et 
 la dame devant toz vient, Ch. L. 3300. 
 
 Enmi: Li- un pendirent a destre Li autre a senestre 
 Enmi li sauveur, Omnip. 46d. 
 
 Entor: Car li Sesne estoient antor, Qui le rescoent par 
 estor, Clig. 3605 ; Jhesucrist estut E entur li grant brut 
 De cele mauveise gent, Omnip. 23a; Si sun enemi . . . 
 Ust este entur, ib. 79a; Kar il sistrent entur Trestuz e 
 Tagarderent, ib. 86c. 
 
 Environ: Dis Chanelieu chevalchent environ, Rol. 
 3269 ; Tuit sont venu a la devise, Li cuens et les janz an- 
 viron, Erec 1070; Anviron sont les janz venues, Clig. 
 
 ^^ Cf. Sa redreguarde lairrat deriedre sei, Rol. 574. 
 
78 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 4942; Vienent corant tot anviron Ses voient antrecon- 
 joir, Ch. L. 6316. 
 
 H. Before a Repetition of the Pronoun. 
 In a few cases the pronoun is omitted when it occurs 
 in a following clause : 
 
 Gregoires entent et bien Foi*, Greg. 92-19 ; Quant des- 
 armez les orent toz, For mostrer a lor janz dessoz, Les 
 ont as deffanses montez/^ Clig. 2159. 
 
 3. The Dative Pronoun. 
 Only the few following examples of the ellipsis of the 
 dative pronoun have been found: 
 
 Vedez m^espede qui d^or est enheldide, Si la tramist 
 li amiralz de Primes, Eol. 966; Qu^il n'i a chevalier si 
 buen, N^estuisse vuidier les argons, Clig. 1324 ;(?) So- 
 vent demande le conges, Greg. 44-16. 
 
 In speaking of parts of the body or of wearing 
 apparel : 
 
 Entro taliat les piez dejus, St. Leg. 233 ; Que Thelme 
 [li] ad [de] trenchie, Gorm. 392; La face . . . fu tote 
 muee, Greg. 5-23. 
 
 Foerster is evidently in error when he says : " wie be- 
 kannt, li ^ ihm ^ nur vor en (inde) elidirt werden kann,'^^ 
 for this elision occurs occasionally before verbs, estovoir 
 in particular : 
 
 Blans vestiment si Tat vestit. Pass. 219 ; Et com Paut 
 tolut lo quieu Li corps esteret sovre Fs piez, St. Leg. 229 ; 
 Quant Charles veit que tuit li sont faillit, Molt Fembron- 
 chat et la chiere et li vis, Rol. 3815; L^uns Fenseyned, 
 beyn parv mischin, De grec sermon et de latin, Alberic 
 88 ; E tant cele chose maintint, Qu^une dancele Faparsut, 
 
 ^^ The omission of the comma after dessoz would make the 
 close relationship of the second and third of these verses 
 clearer. 
 
 «» Note to 1. 4165, in his edition of Ch. L. So Nyrop, Gram. 
 1, p. 277. 
 
The Pronoun. 79 
 
 Greg. 70-24; Cil le voit venir, si Tescrie. Quant Erec 
 Fot, si le desfie, Erec 2859; Ancor de remenoir Tenor- 
 tent, ib. 4286 ; Et mout le crieme et mout Fenorte, Clig. 
 3891; Tot son hernois et son ator Ot aporte, si T (= les 
 li) atorna,*" Ch. L. 758. 
 
 Si Festuet ensi aler, Greg. 86-9; Assez I'estuet s^ofrir 
 (read sofrir) grant mal, ib. 87-12; Que Testut morir, 
 Eeim. 4f ; Or Testuet morir, ib. 65f ; Mult I'estuet plorer 
 Por sei acorder a sun creator, ib. 82a; Vuelle ou non, 
 retorner Testuet, Erec 188 ; Ne porent le roi retenir, Ne 
 Pestuisse a terre venir, ib. 2205 ; Morir Festut, ib. 2873 ; 
 Car maintenant dormir Testuet, Clig. 3350 — and so very 
 often. 
 
 L' for the dative occurs enclitically used when a conso- 
 nant follows; this is rare: 
 
 Jesus li buons mot no-1 sonat, Pass. 214; Qo Tdemon- 
 strat que se paiast, St. Leg. 110; Co Tdemonstrat amis 
 li fust, ib. 112. 
 
 4. Pronoun en. 
 
 The use of the pronoun en was much the same in Old 
 French as it is to-day. It was not, however, required in 
 a clause in which an adjective is used relating to a pre- 
 viously occurring noun : 
 
 Tenez mon helme, onques meillor ne vi, Eol. 629 ; En- 
 cui avrons un eschiec bel et gent, Nuls reis de France 
 n'out onques si vaillant, ib. 1167; Li arcevesques est molt 
 bons chevaliers; Nen at meillor en terre desoz ciel, ib. 
 1673 ; Se j'ai parenz, nen i at nul si prot,*"" ib. 2905 ; Et 
 
 " Cf. S'il viaut armes, an li atorne, ib. 3139. 
 
 •* As en is not used in such cases in the Roland more than 
 in other poems (see 1. 629 and 1167 above, and 1044 and 
 2223), it would be better, and more consistent, if n'en in the 
 following passages were written as one word, as it is in 
 ib. 1673 and 2905 above: 
 
 Tenez m'espede, meillor n'en at nuls horn, Rol. 620; Bien 
 i at or, matistes et jaconces . . . Vostre emperedre si bones 
 n'en out onques, ib. 638; Deus! quels seissante i at en sa 
 compaigne! Onques meillors n'en out reis ne chataignes, 
 ib. 1849. 
 
80 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 ses janz avnec li refont Si grant duel, que greignor ne 
 pueent, Ch. L. 1246; De jant mauveise avez vos mout, 
 Mes ja n^i avra si estout, Qui sor eheval monter an ost, 
 ib. 1633. 
 
 Yet en is sometimes so used : 
 
 Qo'st Lodevis, meillor n^en sai en France, Eol. 3715 
 (not nen, as a consonant follows) ; El chastel mout grant 
 joie avoit De chevaliers et de puceles; Car mout an i 
 avoit de beles, Erec 348 ; Tuit sont venu a la devise, Li 
 cuens et les janz anviron, Les puceles et li baron. De liez 
 et de maz an i ot, ib. 1070; Je ai trois palefroiz mout 
 buens, Onques mellors n'ot rois ne cuens . . . Wan a pas 
 un mellor del ver, ib. 1387 ; Ainz avroiz eii tant de honte, 
 Que plus n'an porroiz avoir, Ch. L. 5220. 
 
 The ellipsis of en occurs when referring to a preceding 
 noun: 
 
 Sed alcuns d'elz beive venein, Non avrat mel, qo set 
 por veir. Pass. 461 ; Nuls huem n^est tant sages En iceste 
 vie. Que en sun ede Oiist aconte La disme partie, Eeim. 
 96b; Si sai, se je Posoie dire, D^anchantemanz et de cha- 
 raies . . . Plus qu'onques Medea ne sot, Clig. 3028 ; Et 
 por ce que par lui seiist Li dus sa perte et duel eiist, ib. 
 3811; Mes cist travauz li est delice, Qu'ele ne puet estre 
 lassee, ib. 4576 ; Que covant manti li avoit Et trespassez 
 estoit li termes, Ch. L. 2700 ; Jo vus dirrai un cunte . . . 
 Jo vus dirrai partie, Kar tut ne pus jo mie, Omnip. 41a ; 
 Ki out veu eel cruelte, Ne la dust par pite Agarder 
 surement. Mes en eus point n'aveit, ib. 90a; E nepor- 
 quant la seinte Cuvint fere pleinte, Kar tenir ne se poeit, 
 ib. 107d. 
 
 En omitted, referring to a clause or thought contained 
 therein : 
 
 Cum cele charn vidret morir, Quel avret duol, no-1 set 
 huom vifs. Pass. 331; Assez est mielz que la vide i per- 
 dent. Que nos perdons clere Espaigne la bele, Ne nos 
 aions les mals ne les sofraites, Eol. 58; Quant go veit 
 Guenes qu^ore s'en rit EoUanz, Done at tel doel, por poi 
 
The Pronoun. 81 
 
 d^ire ne fent, ib. 324 ; Jo Focidrai a mon espiet trenchant, 
 Se Mahomet me voelt estre guaranz, ib. 867; " Ferat vos 
 ai . . .^^ Eollanz respont : " Jo n'ai n'ient de mel/^ ib. 
 2005 ; Del cuer li issent li sospir, Quar ne se pot pas ab- 
 stenir, Greg. 85-3 ; ^N'en "" estuet doter : Kil vint delivrer, 
 Ceo fut Jesucrist, Eeim. 7d; "Mangiez, que je vos an 
 semoing." Cele respont : " Sire, n^ai soing," Erec 4813 ; 
 Mes Famors devandra hai'ne, Que j'ai a vos, setirs soiiez, 
 Ch. L. 2564. 
 
 With numerals, when the noun to which the numeral 
 relates is omitted, the ellipsis of en is very rare : 
 
 Ja ne troverez une qui m'ait en charn tochiet. Pel. de 
 Ch. 549 ; Et Francois les esguardent, n'i out un n'en 
 parolt, ib. 812; Mais non i ab un plus valent De chest 
 dun faz Talevament, Alberic 23. 
 
 But when the article accompanies the numeral, the 
 omission is of regular occurrence : ** 
 
 Veant moi a les deus ocis, Et demain ocirra les quatre, 
 Ch. L. 3866. 
 
 Occasionally the omission of the pronoun seems to be 
 due to its use in a following clause : 
 
 Tant atandrai qu^il s'apargoive, Se ja s^an doit apar- 
 cevoir, Clig. 1016; Cliges ot Tenor et le pris, Et li Greu 
 mout grant joie an orent, ib. 4184; se je li pooie dire, 
 par quoi il ne s^aparceiisgent, et qu'ele s^en gardast, Auc. 
 14, 30. 
 
 5. The Demonstrative Pronoun cil. 
 
 Cilj in its various forms, is not usually employed with 
 qui when referring to no particular person or persons, 
 though examples of its use are not wanting. 
 
 ^'Not N'en. Text B reads: Ne nestot duter; Text C: 
 Nient nestot duter. 
 •* Lotz, p. 22. 
 6 
 
92 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Omitted in the nominative:'^ 
 
 Molt bien espleitet cui damnes Deiis aitidet! Eol. 
 3657; Qui an la meison estoit, Mont pooit grant joie 
 veoir, Erec 1300; Qui mellor quiert, ne set qu'il viaut, 
 ib. 1399; Que bien est an prison, qui aimme, Ch. L. 
 1942 ; Car mout est fos, qui se demore, ib. 2135. 
 
 Omitted in the accusative : °° , 
 
 Deus aimet forment Qui bien se repent, Eeim. 74a; 
 Toz sens s'an yint au chief del ranc Por joster, se il 
 trueve a cui, Erec 2172; Ne je ne truis, qui m'an def- 
 fande, Ch. L. 3605 ; Se je ne truis, qui s^ost conbatre, ib. 
 3868; S^onques an ta vie trovas, Qui te feist honte ne 
 let . . . ib. 5132. 
 
 Cil, referring to some particular person or persons, is 
 generally used when qui occurs." 
 Cil not used in the nominative: 
 
 Quar anc non fut nulz huom charnels. En eel enfern 
 non fust alez. Usque qui sens pechiet venist Comune lei 
 por toz solsist, Pass. 381; Qui Pout portet volentiers le 
 nodrit, St. Alex. 7b; Anuit m^avint une avison d^un 
 
 »" Examples of its use are : 
 
 Merveillos tort at Cil qui aveir at, Reim. 53a; Depecier et 
 corronpre suelent Cil qui de conter vivre vuelent, Erec 21; 
 Et cil est a son avoir sers, Qui toz jorz le garde et acroist, 
 Clig. 164; Tot aussi con cil plus se cuist, Qui au feu 
 s*aproche et acoste, Que cil qui arriers s'an oste, ib. 598. 
 
 *^ Examples of its use are: 
 
 N'i at celui qui mot sont ne mot tint, Rol. 411; Cel n'en 
 i at qui ne s'escrit . . . ib. 1618; Car qui tost va la droite 
 voie. Passe celui qui se desvoie, Erec 5577; Et gaus puet Tan 
 nices clamer, Qui cuident que les vuelle amer, Quant une 
 dame . . . Ch. L. 2459. 
 
 "^ Examples : 
 
 In the nominative: Et cil, qui iert a mort plaiiez, Li es- 
 chapa, Ch. L. 954; Et cil, cui il estoit mestiers, Manja, ib. 
 1053; Qu'ancore estoit leanz sanz faille Cil, qui feite avoit 
 la bataille, ib. 1183. 
 
 In the accusative: Quant vit celui, qui nuz estoit . . . 
 Ch. L. 2832; Por po que li prodon n'esrage, Quant ot celui, 
 qui . . . ib. 4125. 
 
The Pronoun. 83 
 
 angele, Qu'entre mes poinz me depegout ma hanste Qui 
 at jugiet Eollant a redreguarde, Eol. 836; Kil vint 
 delivrer, Ceo fut Jesiicrist^ Eeim. 7e ; Si ont anquis et 
 demande, Qui est qui ce li avoit fet, Clig. 6494. 
 
 No omission of this pronoun in the accusative, before 
 quij has been found. 
 
 In the dative the omission is rare : 
 
 Et com ?aut duit de cele art, Eendit lo qui lui I'co- 
 mandat,"* St. Leg. 25. 
 
 When not accompanied by qui, cil is seldom omitted : 
 
 Tel noise et del fraint demenoit Uns seus chevaliers, 
 Ch. L. 481 ; Onques teus oz ne fu veiie Con li rois Artus 
 assanble, ib. 1094. 
 
 6. The Demonstrative Pronoun ce. 
 
 Ce, followed by que, when both are in the accusative 
 case, is not required in Old French : Qui mellor quiert, 
 ne set qu'il viaut, Erec 1399. In the works considered, 
 taken as a whole, the use of the pronoun is found slightly 
 more than its omission. 
 
 With the nominative qui, que, the accusative ce is more 
 often omitted than employed : 
 
 Et li prie, s'il fet a dire, Que li die, qui la fet rire, 
 Clig. 1573; Mes teus cuide mout tost venir. Qui ne set 
 qu^est a avenir, Ch. L. 2587. 
 
 With both the nominative qui and the accusative que, 
 ce in the nominative is regularly employed. An excep- 
 tion is seen in Clig. 3074, 
 
 Et se maus puet estre, qui pleise, Mes enuiz est ma 
 volantez. 
 
 •^Cf. Qu'il doint I'enor de la bataille Celui qui por li se 
 travaille, Erec 893; S'a la chemise presantee Celui cui ele 
 mout agree, Clig. 1187. 
 
84 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 When reference is made to an entire clause, ce is used 
 more frequently than omitted. The omission occurs in 
 the following: 
 
 Dona, que droiz fu, chapes noires, Erec 6538. 
 
 After a preposition, before que, ce is very rarely 
 omitted : 
 
 Batiziez la, por que Deus en ait I'anme, Eol. 3981 ; Li 
 pechere ne se oblia De que li abes comanda, Greg. 39-15; 
 Por beneis qui m'as garie Por que de joie m^as saisie, ib. 
 114-15. 
 
 With dont, ce is used when the sense requires it, as in 
 Modem French. There are a few examples of its 
 omission : 
 
 Que n^ai don me puisse defandre, Erec 3848 ; Qui que 
 parot, mout li est tart Que il voie et sache et conoisse 
 Don il sont tuit an tel angoisse, ib. 5726; Mes tens cuide 
 feire son preu . . . Qui porchace don il se diaut, Clig. 
 640; Ja ne diroit, don cil joi'st, ib. 4556; Se je te doing, 
 don miauz te vives ! Ch. L. 5979."'* 
 
 The ellipsis of ce governed by empres and apres is not 
 unusual. These prepositions, in the temporal sense, were 
 in the process of becoming adverbs, meaning " after- 
 ward,^^ " then.'^ Examples of this omission of ce are : 
 
 Apres parlat ses filz envers Marsilie, Eol. 495; Ne 
 demora gueires apres Que recomanga tot ades La guerre, 
 Greg. 57-21; Idons se paume maintenant. Apres en 
 vint al lit corant, ib. 72-24 ; Grant piece apres li a randu 
 La dameisele son salut, Erec 6235. 
 
 It may seem at first that apres is here purely an ad- 
 verb. That such was not, however, the feeling of the 
 
 *^ There is no ellipsis of ce with dont followed by an in- 
 finitive, for in that case Old French did not require the 
 pronoun. 
 
The Pronoun. 85 
 
 period is shown by the frequent use of the pronoun in 
 similar instances. For one who inclines toward the 
 theory of the adverbial use of this preposition, the omis- 
 sion of the pronoun in the first two of the following ex- 
 amples would almost certainly give this value to apres: 
 
 Mais, ce ne sai-je dire pas, De quel pais fu icil las, Ne 
 que par apres ce devint Ne que veie des iluec tint, Greg. 
 50-22; Fiz fu d^une suer e d^un frere E apres se (= ce) 
 fu ses mariz, ib. 112-14; E apres ce demaintenant Si 
 (— si i) mist dou eel, ib. 22-(S; Apres ce me pria . . . 
 Ch. L. 262 ; Et apres ce le roi pria . . . ib. 2302. 
 
 Old French used the demonstrative pronoun to a much 
 greater extent than is true of present usage. It was 
 more customary in the earliest period in such sentences 
 as the following: 
 
 " Par ma feit! ^^ (sc. go) dist li reis, " Charles at fait 
 folie,^' P^l. de Ch. 629; "Sire/' (sc. go) dist Charle- 
 maignes, "herseir nos herberjastes/' ib. 652; Charles 
 respont : Molt grant viltet (sc. go) me semblet, Eol. 3595. 
 
 7. The Eelative Pronoun. 
 
 Qui is very often omitted when introducing a negative 
 clause dependent on a statement of general negation : 
 
 Et Franceis les esguardent, n'i out un n'en parolt. Pel. 
 de Ch. 812 ; Wi at paiien nel prist et ne Padort, Eol. 854. 
 
 Less frequently found, though not rare, is the omis- 
 sion of qui introducing an affirmative clause dependent 
 on a statement of general negation : 
 
 Soz ciel n'at rei plus en ait de meillors, Eol. 1442 ; Soz 
 ciel n'at gent Tosast requerre en champ, ib. 1782. 
 
 The same is true of qui introducing a negative clause 
 dependent on a statement of general affirmation : 
 
 Mais tot seit fel chier ne se vendet primes, Eol. 1924. 
 
86 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Qui is least frequently omitted when both the depend- 
 ent and principal clauses are affirmative : 
 
 Car m^eslisez nn baron de ma marche, Marsilion me 
 portast mon message, Eol. 275. 
 
 Qui may stand in place of qui que: 
 
 Et qui viaut enor guehaignier, A gaus se doit acon- 
 paignier, Clig. 4257; Mes qui li dona cest consoil. . . . 
 Ne me poist miauz acorer, ib. 4476. 
 
 This pronoun is not infrequently used in the sense of 
 the English colloquial " whoever ^' (" it does not matter 
 who ''), or " if anyone '' — i. e., without an antecedent: "*" 
 
 Et qui le voir dire an voldroit, Deus se retient devers 
 le droit, Ch. L. 4443. 
 
 At least in the works examined, occurrences of this 
 sort are easily explainable through a freedom of use of 
 the indefinite qui, like the corresponding English word. 
 Thus, in Erec 6325, d'enui croist son conte Qui deus foiz 
 une chose conte, it is a short step from saying : Whoever 
 relates a thing twice renders his tale wearisome, to the 
 form: Whoever relates a thing twice, his tale becomes 
 wearisome, while the theory " that the latter construction 
 resulted from an ellipsis encounters, in addition to the 
 naturalness of the extended use of this word, two prin- 
 cipal obstacles: (1) the subjunctive, as would be ex- 
 pected, follows s'est qui ... in most cases. If this use 
 of qui, then, is due to the omission of s'est, this mood 
 would, no doubt, be found in some instances after the 
 simple qui, but no examples of this have been discov- 
 
 '•> Cf. p. 81. 
 
 "^Romania, 1907, pp. 134-5, reads: Das heziehungslose 
 Relativum. La construction ** qui o soi la porte, n'est pas 
 desloiaut^ " est expliqu6e {Romanische Forschungen, xvi, 
 398, L. Jordan — q. v.) par I'ellipse d'une proposition con- 
 ditionelle impersonelle: " s'est qui o soi, etc." 
 
The Pronoun. 87 
 
 ered"; (2) the extended use is often iinqnestionable, as 
 well when soit occurs, 
 
 Seit qui Tocidet, tuit paiz puis avriomes, Eol. 391; 
 Soit qui vos pregne je sui pres de doner, Raoul C. 5798," 
 as when qui qiie is used, as is often the case : 
 
 Cui que seit dols, a nostre os est il goie, St. Alex. 101c; 
 Qui ques rapelt, ja n^en retorneront, Kol. 1912; Cui que 
 tomer doie a enui, Ja cist espreviers vostre n^iert, Erec 
 820; Car bien est droiz, cui qu'il soit let, Que ceste da- 
 meisele Tet, ib. 845; Mes qui qu'an soit liez et joianz, 
 Mes sire Yvains en fu dolanz, Ch. L. 677; Et qui que 
 remaingne a sejor, II (= Yvains) viaut estre jusqu'a 
 tierz jorz, ib. 695. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE PRONOUN. 
 
 1. The Accusative Pronoun. 
 
 A. 
 
 It is customary for a pronoun to stand as object to 
 both verbs of a compound predicate without being re- 
 peated : '* 
 
 II les asolst et pardonat, St. Leg. 226 ; Qui la gart an 
 pes et maintaigne, Clig. 428; Li autre (jugent) qu^an 
 les pande ou arde, ib. 1441 ; Ses anvaissent et requirent, 
 
 "Except, of course, when this mood is required for other 
 reasons, as, when replacing the pluperfect indicative, the 
 imperfect of the subjunctive is used: Qui It o'ist les dens 
 ensamhle marteler — ./. martel sor Venglume ne feist noise 
 tel, Qui de Bourg. 1701 (see following note). 
 
 " Quoted by L. Jordan. 
 
 '*See Tobler, V. B. 1, 92 (article 15). This is clearly 
 demonstrated by the non-repetition of the pronoun when 
 the negative adverb is repeated, contrary to the rule that 
 both the adverb and a pronoun, preceding a verb, are not 
 repeated before a second verb: Si quHl nel tlesce ne ne 
 quasse, Clig. 5615. Compare this with the following, which 
 might well have been made to read the same: Si quHl ne le 
 tlesce ne quasse, ib. 714. 
 
88 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 ib. 1893 ; Si le requiert et anvaist, ib. 1425 ; Mes li fains 
 Fangoisse et esforce, Ch. L. 2852. 
 
 The omission in coordinate clauses is less general : 
 
 Quant jol vos dis, compaing, yos ne deignastes, Rol. 
 1716; Dit le vos ai, et di ancore, Erec 3005. 
 
 It is curious that s {les), in the following passage, is, 
 in the first verse, the object of the dependent verb, ferir, 
 and, in the second, that of the principal verb, veoir: 
 
 Las me verrez ensemble par tel vertut ferir, Et voler 
 contre mont, si m^escrierai si, Que . . . Pel. de Ch. 595. 
 
 Occasionally the pronoun is not repeated in the un- 
 stressed form after being used as a stressed pronoun : 
 
 Charles, por quel gabastes de mei et escharnistes ? " 
 Pel. de Ch. 643. 
 
 B. 
 
 An interesting ellipsis occurs when a pronoun in the 
 dative case is not repeated in the accusative : ^" 
 
 Et lui aidiez, et por seignor tenez, Ex)l. 364; Truisque 
 sil li vieigne aidier E de ses enemis vengier, Greg. 33-3 ; 
 Enclina li parfondement. Puis salua doceement, ib. 56-1 ; 
 Se tu or androit a tes mains Me devoies les iauz sachier 
 Ou trestote vive escorchier, Erec 4850; Et je venoie a 
 grant besoing Por li eidier et delivrer, ib. 5076 ; Puis lor 
 a dit et conjure L^anperere que voir an d'ient, Clig. 5758 ; 
 Qu^amors li enorte et semont, ib. 6191 ; Mes la dameisele 
 repeire, Qui li viaut conpeignie feire Et solacier et de- 
 porter, Et porchacier et aporter, Quanqu^il voldra, a sa 
 devise, Ch. L. 1541. 
 
 " It may be the stressed pronoun which is omitted in this 
 case, for this form was more freely used in the earlier 
 poems. See end of note, p. 41. 
 
 '' See Tobler, Oott. Gel. Anz. 1875, p. 1071, and V. B. 1, 92- 
 93 (article 15); Etienne, Gram., p. 212. 
 
The Pronoun. 89 
 
 C. 
 
 The reflexive pronouii is ordinarily not repeated be- 
 fore each verb to which it refers : 
 
 Si demora tant delez li Qu^il s^oblia et andormi, Ch. 
 L. 51; II se detort et grate, ib. 3511; Si se herice et 
 creste ansanble, ib. 5531; S^esmervoillent et esbaissent, 
 ib. G201. 
 
 The unstressed reflexive pronoun te, following the ap- 
 pearance of tei as object to a preposition, is omitted in 
 Greg. 28-10, 
 
 En tei deis prendre grant porpens E contenir en itel 
 guise Que il ne tort a vilenie. 
 
 2. The Dative Pronoim. 
 
 A. 
 
 The non-repetition of the dative pronoun is far from 
 being unusual : 
 
 II Qo li dist e adunat, St. Leg. 9; Uescu li ad frait e 
 malmis, Uhauberc desmaela e malmist, Gorm. 456 ; Et si 
 li dit bien et afiche . . . Clig. 2216 ; Qui son cuer li for- 
 tret et tot, ib. 5091 ; Et mout li plot et abeli, Ch. L. 5927. 
 
 In the following quotation, li, understood before the 
 second verb (==to her), is different in meaning from 
 the dative pronoun expressed before the first (= for 
 her) : 
 
 II li (= le li) ont quis e aporte, Greg. 21-21. 
 
 The stressed dative pronoun lui is omitted with the 
 preposition, following the use of the stressed form of 
 the accusative pronoun lui, in, 
 
 Por lui leidir et feire honte, Ch. L. 5574. 
 
 One example has been found of the omission of the 
 unstressed dative pronoun when the stressed accusative 
 
90 Ellipsis in" Old French. 
 
 form precedes, but the pronoun, being vos, would not 
 alter in form : 
 
 Onques voir tant ne s^avilla, Qu'il deist de vos vilenie 
 Tant come il a fet corteisie, Ch. L. 2212. 
 
 B. 
 
 There are a few examples in which a pronoun in the 
 accusative is not repeated in the dative case : '^ 
 
 Qui la menace mout et chose Et comande qu'ele se 
 teise, Erec 3724; Si la rebeise et fet grant Joie, ib. 6465 ; 
 Mout doucemant les aparolent Et font joie si com il 
 durent, ib. 6592 ; Nus ne le puet conforter Ne nul bon 
 consel doner, Auc. 7, 4 ; ves ci vostre anemi qui tant vous 
 a guerroie et mal fait, ib. 10, 38; Et la dame toz les 
 semont Et prie qu^ancontre lui voisent, Ch. L. 2324 ; Que 
 pitiez Vi semont et prie Qu^il face secors et aie, A la 
 beste, ib. 3373; Meismes la fille au seignor Le sert et 
 porte grant enor, ib. 5411; Li evesche del pais L^ad a 
 resun mis E demande suvent . . . Omnip. 23d. 
 
 It would be more grammatical if the pronouns in the 
 accusative, in the following passages, were repeated as 
 datives, for the verb faire generally ^* requires the dative 
 of the pronoun when a transitive verb is dependent on it : 
 
 II les fait revestir et chapes afubler. Pel. de Ch. 143 ; 
 Demain la (t. e. Teve) ferai eissir de son chenel, Es- 
 pandre par cez chans, que vos tuit le verrez, Toz les 
 celiers emplir qui sont en la citet. La gent le rei Hugon 
 et moillier et guaer, En la plus halte tor lui meisme 
 monter, ib. 556. 
 
 "" See Tobler, V. B. 1, 92-93 (article 15) ; Tobler, Oott. Oel 
 Anz. 1875, p. 1071; Ebering, Zts. f. r. Ph. 5, 364; Etienne, 
 Gram., p. 212. 
 
 '* Examples of exceptions are: Les feisoient U escu croire 
 Que ceste mangonge fust voire, Clig. 2105; Ne ja amer ne 
 la feist Autrui se lui meisme non, Ch. L. 5378. 
 
The Pronoun: 91 
 
 3. The Pronoun en. 
 
 Like the non-repetition of the accusative and dative 
 pronouns, that of en is not a rare ellipsis : 
 
 Ne poet muder n'en plort et ne sospirt, Eol. 2381 ; C'il 
 (i. e. Cil) est mi fiz de mon frere. Tote en sui certe, rien 
 ne dot, Greg. 78-20; Tuit an consoillent et parolent, Erec 
 5503; Erec an pesa plus assez Qu'il ne mostra sanblant 
 as janz, ib. 6524; Tant en ocient et estaingnent, Clig. 
 1952; Tote I'oz an fremist et bruit, ib. 3966. 
 
 Other pronouns are not repeated when this ellipsis of 
 en occurs : 
 
 Si Tan enuie et poise, Clig. 3273; Et les escuz (ont) 
 dehachiez toz . . . Si que les pieces an depandent, N'il 
 ne s'an cuevrent ne deffandent, Ch. L. 827. 
 
 4. The Demonstrative Pronouns cil and ce. 
 The demonstrative pronouns need not be repeated : 
 
 Ceus ke alerent devant, E ke vindrent suant . . . 
 Omnip. 94a ; Ce qu'ele plore et qu'ele list, Vossist qu^ele 
 leissie eust, Ch. L. 1420. 
 
 5. The Eelative Pronoun. 
 
 The repetition of qui at the beginning of each clause 
 which it introduces is required in Old French, but such 
 an omission is not one of the rare ellipses : 
 
 Molt est pesmes Eollanz, Qui tote gent voelt faire 
 recredant, Et totes terres met en chalengement, Eol. 392 ; 
 Veire paterne, qui onques ne mentis, Saint Lazaron de 
 mort resurrexis, Et Daniel des Icons guaresis, Guaris de 
 mei Tanme de toz perilz, ib. 2384; Car li real lor con- 
 tredi'ent Qui mout fieremant les desfient Et la traison 
 lor reprochent, Clig. 1745; Dame, qui cuideroit trover 
 Celui, qui le jaiant ocist Et les trois chevaliers conquist, 
 II le feroit buen aler querre, Ch. L. 6602. 
 
92 Ellipsis m Old French. 
 
 The relative que of qui que is found unrepeated : 
 
 Mes qui que venist ne qui non, Erec 6570 ; Mes qui que 
 vaingne ne qui voise, Ch. L. 1063. 
 
 The non-repetition of the relative pronoun in a dif- 
 ferent case from that which precedes/'' occurs more 
 rarely : 
 ISTominative pronoun omitted replacing the accusative : 
 
 Qo dit la geste et cil qui el champ fut;, Li her sainz 
 Gilies, por cui Deus fait vertuz ; Et fist la chartre el mos- 
 tier de Lodun,^ Rol. 2095. 
 Accusative pronoun omitted replacing the nominative: 
 
 Ceste est et de cors et de vis . . . La plus jantis et la 
 plus bele Qui soit jusque la, ce me sanble, Ou li ciaus et 
 la terre assanble, Erec 1782. 
 
 '» See Tobler, V. B. 1, 93 (article 15). 
 
 ^° Since this is evidently the meaning of the sentence, the 
 semicolon after vertuz might better have been a comma. 
 
CHAPTEK VI. 
 
 The Verb. 
 
 The verb is essential in thought to every sentence. 
 Nevertheless it is often not expressed, as the meaning 
 may be conveyed without it. This is true of the follow- 
 ing verbs : 
 
 Aler: Or del bien feire et del cerchier Et sus et jus et 
 pres et loing! Clig. 6650; Biaus sire, or avant! Ch. L. 
 4669 ; Or avant, bele, ib. 5933. 
 
 This seems most probably the omitted verb in. 
 
 Baron franceis, as chevals et as armes, Eol. 2986. 
 
 Aporter: Qa mes armes et mon cheval ! Ch. L. 4145. 
 
 Clamer: Deus ! meie colpe vers les toes vertuz, Kol. 
 2369. 
 
 Corir: Si s'antrevienent d'un eslais Plus tost que cers 
 qui ot les glais Des chiens qui apres lui glatissent, Clig. 
 4931. 
 
 Crier: In the following passage from St. Alex., and 
 in others similar to it, either vostre is omitted as well as 
 the verb crier, or the verb avoir is to be supplied : 
 
 Seinors de Rome, por amor Deu, mercit, 1. 93a; "Or 
 me le dites, . . . Se vos de rien ne mesfeistes. Quant vos 
 mon seignor oceistes?^^ "Dame,^^ fet il, "vostre 
 merci,'' ' Ch. L. 1995. 
 
 Dire\' " Onques mes,'' fet il, "n'oi tel/' Erec 3251; 
 Si grant felunie Unkes ne fu oie En geste n'en chaungun, 
 Omnip. 71a. 
 
 ^ Crier is often expressed with merci: Aussi con por merci 
 crier, Ch. L. 351; Dame, ja voir ne crierai Merci, ib. 1975. 
 
 ^ Dire is required with oir in the sense of the Modern 
 French entendre dire: 
 
 Quant par la terre oirent dire Que d'Aquitaine iert mors 
 li sire, Gr6g. 31-13; S'est ja tant dit et poploii6 Que nes icele 
 dire I'ot, Clig. 2978; N'iert eschapez, que il seiissent Ne 
 qu'il oi dire Teiissent, Ch. L. 573. 
 
94 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Estre: E vint a Eome quant ele pot La o ele l^Apos- 
 toile sot/ Greg. 112-21; (est) Granz folcs ariedre, granz 
 davant : Grand e petit Den vont landant, Pass. 45 ; Ahi ! 
 con vaillant chevalier! Ch. L. 3199; (sont) Com felix 
 eel qui par feit Fhonorerent ! St. Alex. lOOe; (sett) 
 Felix li lius on ses sainz cors herberget! ib. 114e; La 
 main destre leva adonques La dame et dist : Trestot einsi 
 Con tu Pas dit, et je t'otroi . . . Ch. L. 6650; (sera) 
 E bien e mal puis recevron, Selonc le fait le gueredon, 
 Greg. 82-7; (fzc) A poi de duel que ne morut, Greg. 
 72-20 (and often the verb in the present tense is omitted 
 with a poi, a bien pres: A poi le cuer ne li part d'ire, ib. 
 12-14; A bien pres que des oilz ne plore, ib. 75-4) ; Ainz 
 vint poignant tot a relais De ci que devant le palais/ 
 ib. 74-9. 
 
 Often the verb — probably estre — is omitted with the 
 phrase a (vostre) comant: 
 
 (suis) " Volentiers/' dist il, " sire, tot al vo<stre co- 
 mant," Pel. de Ch. 470; (somes) " En Rencesvals irez as 
 porz passant, Si aiderez a conduire ma gent." Et oil 
 respondent : " Sire, a vostre comant," Eol. 944. 
 
 Probably estre, in the subjunctive, is understood before 
 a vostre plaisir (" be it at your pleasure, as you please ") : 
 
 Erec respont : " I^eissiez m'an pes ! Nel f eroie an nule 
 meniere." Cil voit n'i a mestier proiiere, Si dist : " Sire, 
 a vostre pleisir ! Or nos an poons bien teisir," Erec 1284. 
 
 The expression goes a step farther from the complete 
 form when the preposition is dropped : 
 
 " Mes vostre non savoir desir." ^^ Sire," f et il, " vostre 
 pleisir. Quant vos mon non savoir volez, ISTe vos doit pas 
 estre celez," Erec 4513. 
 
 'This omission with savoir regularly occurs: 
 Mes tant sevent de fier corage Le roi . . . Clig. 1653; 
 Tant con celui vivant savra, ib. 3450; Mes nel set pas si pres 
 de li, ib. 3763; Et tant vos resai de fier cuer . . . ib. 3989. 
 * Possibly vint is the omitted verb; see ellipsis of venir 
 
The Verb. 95 
 
 Faire: Quant dedenz avez lit assez Ne sei que deit, 
 mais puis plorez, Greg. 77-1. 
 
 Monter: Or as chevaus por lui secorre ! Clig. 3549. 
 
 Parler: Quant chascun dels enfans entent Del bon 
 conceil, plore forment, Greg. 17-23. 
 
 Recevoir: Je Fotrei, Sire, grez e mercis de mei, Greg. 
 84-11. 
 
 Venir. Not infrequently omitted with jusque {en- 
 tresque) : ' 
 
 Entresqu'ad Ais ne volt prendre sojorn, Eol. 3696; 
 Jusqu'au tref le roi ne recroient, Clig. 2194; Jusqu'a 
 I'anpereor ne fine, ib. 2479; Jusqu'a Coloingne ne 
 s'areste, ib. 2699; Li dui anpereor cheminent, Jusque 
 outre Eeneborc ne finent, ib. 3395 ; Ja cist afeires n^iert 
 contez Jusque devant Fanpereor, ijb. 6498. 
 
 Voter: Vint plus tost qu^uns alerions, Ch. L. 487. 
 
 The Causative Verb faire. 
 One is often said to perform an act when he is merely 
 the cause of its accomplishment — He hurled his father, 
 He built a house. Thus it was not unusual in Old 
 French for verbs, through the omission of faire, to as- 
 sume a causative function. Examples follow : 
 
 Aparoir: A tant es vos un angele cui deus i aparut! 
 Pel. de Ch. 672. 
 
 Apeler (S'). The modern use of this verb may be the 
 result of the ellipsis of faire. Compare : 
 
 JSTeporquant ne vos doi celer, Comant je me faz apeler, 
 Ch. L. 4611. 
 
 Aprendre: Qui trovera Penfant petit, Norir le face 
 gentement, De ceaus dis mars qui sont d^argent, E por 
 aprendre auques de letre, Greg. 23-8. 
 
 Ardoir: Tuit dient que mout est cortois Alixandres et 
 bien apris Des chevaliers qu^il avoit pris. Quant au roi 
 
 " Compare: Tote la droite voie tindrent Tant que a Caradi- 
 gan vindrent, Erec 1087; Ne flna jusqu'a Jehan vint, Clig. 
 6176. Estre is used in its place after tant que in, Ne finent 
 tant qu'an Orece sont, Clig. 6748. 
 
96 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 nes avoit randuz; Qu'il les eiist ars ou panduz/ Clig. 
 1358. 
 
 Ariver\' il les mena Tant qu^al rocher les arriva, Greg. 
 104-21. 
 
 Clergier: Por eel tel duol rovat clergiet Si s^ent entrat 
 en un monstier, St. Leg. 65. (The diplomatic text reads 
 rova s clergier; the alteration does not seem warranted.) 
 
 Conreer: Uemperere de France fait conreer sa gent: 
 Cels qui od lui alerent conreat gentement, Pel. de Ch. 76. 
 
 (Corir. Instead of corir being elliptical for faire corir 
 son cheval, in such cases as the following, the action is 
 spoken of as being done by the person : 
 
 ISTe t^estovra gueires loing corre . . . Lors s'est Erec 
 mis es galos, Erec 4356-4374; Vers Tome nu, que eles 
 voient, Cort et desgant Tune des trois, Ch. L. 2892.) 
 
 Descendre: Mult at deus atrait E par povres fait, Puis 
 qu^il fist le mund, Maint tyrant vencu, D'orgoil descendu 
 Cels qui oil Funt, Eeim. 43a. 
 
 Empaindre: Totes ses oz at empeintes en mer, Rol. 
 2629. 
 
 Enclore: Qui sont cil, qui de trai'son Yos apelent et an 
 prison Vos ont anclose an cest reclus? Ch. L. 3645. 
 
 Enserrer: Et por ce, se nus hon fei'st L'ostel as noires 
 armes querre, An une chanbre les anserre, Clig. 4716. 
 
 The idea is causative as is shown by the following : 
 
 Les armes qu'il porta le jor Comande que soient re- 
 postes, ib. 4816. 
 
 Ensevelir: Por ce font li baron mandee Que ta terre 
 vienges saisir E ton chier frere ensevelir/ Greg. 29-16. 
 
 'Cf. Ne viaut que d'aus eiist seisine Li rois, car toz lest 
 (read les) fei'st pandre, Clig. 1352. 
 
 ^So with Froissart: 
 
 qu'en Albion les arriva et mist, Froiss. II 382, 18; se il 
 voloit consentir §, ariver les Engles en ses fortereces dou 
 clos de Constentin, ib. VII 483 (taken from Ebering, Zts. 
 f. r. Ph. 5, 334). 
 
 * Cf. Les fameilous fai saoler, Les nuz vestir e conreer, 
 Morz seveilir e enterrer E les nuz vestir e chancier, Gr^g. 
 83-23; Et fera les cors metre an terre, Erec 4958; et le fist 
 ensevelir con empereor honorablement, V. H. 223 (citation 
 from Fredenhagen, p. 74). 
 
The Verb. 97 
 
 Mander: " Feites mon chapelain mander, Et vos alez 
 la dame querre . . /^ Lors ont le chapelain mande Si 
 con li cuens Tot comande, Et la dame ront amenee, Erec 
 4762. 
 
 Monter: Por la joie croistre et monter, Erec 6330; Les 
 (i. e. the men) ont as deffanses montez, Clig. 2161; Cist 
 plez ne doit avant venir, Ne Fan nel doit plus hant mon- 
 ter, Ch. L. 100. 
 
 Morir. The nse of morir in the sense of "to kill" 
 may have originated in the ellipsis of the causative verb. 
 In the following examples morir has this meaning, used 
 in the past indefinite and pluperfect tenses — not in the 
 present and imperfect with mort as an adjective, which 
 it is, however, possible to consider as the point of de- 
 parture from the original meaning, since, as a transitive 
 verb, it is used in Old French only in the compound 
 tenses: 
 
 Par tantes terres est alez conquerant, Tanz cols at pris 
 de bons espiez trenchanz, Tanz riches reis morz et vencuz 
 en champ ! Eol. 553 ; Qui tei at mort, France dolce at 
 honide, ib. 2935 ; Se tu avoies mort ou pris Un chevalier 
 qui n'a pooir De relever . . . Erec 5042; Bien avez les 
 hiaumes vetiz De ceus que j'ai veincuz et morz, ib. 6108 ; 
 Car mes sire est a mort bleciez, Et bien sai que vos Favez 
 mort, Ch. L. 982 ; Mes Yvains a ma dame morte, ib. 2742 
 (it is a year since Yvain last saw her) ; 'Ne ne set, a cui 
 se confort De lui, qu^il mei'smes a mort, ib. 2791 ; Et que 
 devant lui s'umelie Por le serpant, qu'il avoit mort, Et 
 lui delivre de la mort, ib. 3404. 
 
 Ocirre: "Si ne faites de cest enfant Tot ce que je 
 comanderai Certes jamais ne mainjerai.^^ Quant la dame 
 li ot ce dire Cuida que le vosist ocire, Greg. 20-14; 
 " Ocirre ferai or androit . . . Yostre seignor devant voz 
 iauz." "... Trop seriiez fel et tra'ites Se vos I'oci'eiiez 
 einsi, Erec 3357; "Dame, ja voir ne crierai Merci, ainz 
 7 
 
98 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 vos mercierai De quanque vos me voldroiz feire . . ." 
 '' Et se je vos oci ? '' \ Ch. L. 1975. 
 
 Pendre: see Ardoir, 
 
 Plovoir. Possibly the omission of faire in the last 
 verse of the following passage is the result of a confusion 
 of the personal il in the previous verse with an imper- 
 sonal il: 
 
 Li covandroit feire a lui pes, Ou il ne fineroit ja mes 
 De la fontainne tormanter Et de plovoir et de vanter/" 
 Ch. L. 6523. 
 
 Revenir: Lors por revenir * sa color Le comancierent 
 a beignier, Erec 5222. 
 
 Revestvr: Povres mesaeisiez eslut Plus de gant et seis- 
 sante et nuef, Si les revesti tot de nuef, Erec 6534. 
 
 Soner is used with faire ^^ as well as without it. The 
 latter usage came about through the ellipsis of the causa- 
 tive verb, for in Classic Latin sonare was not used in the 
 sense of "to cause to sound.^^ 
 
 " Sonez voz graisles, que mi paiien le sachent.^^ Par 
 tote Post font lor tabors soner Et cez boisines et cez 
 graisles molt clers, Rol. 3136 ; Cil est molt proz qui sonet 
 Polifant, ib. 3193; Sonent flautes et fresteles, Timbre, 
 tabletes et tabor, Ch. L. 2352. 
 
 ' A little farther on we read : 
 
 Et je cult, que rien ne vaudroit. Quant fet ocirre vos 
 avroie, ib. 2006. 
 
 ^"Cf. Et s*i feroit tant foudroiier Et tant vanter et taut 
 plovoir Que . . . ib. 6520; Puis errerent tant que il virent 
 La fontainne et plovoir i firent, ib. 6533. 
 
 * Zauner, 2, 148, translates this verse by " well seine 
 Parbe wiederkam," which, though differing from Foerster's 
 interpretation, is substantiated by nothing in the text. Com- 
 pare the following passage in Old Provengal: 
 
 E laissa-1 (= so caval) a sa volontat Falser de la bella 
 erba fresca, Que-1 reven lo cor e-1 refresca, Appel, p. 16, 
 1. 160. 
 
 "Examples: Tost fait le glas soner par la citet menut, 
 P§1. de Ch. 197; Par tote Tost font lor tabors soner, Rol. 
 3137; En I'un funt soner E bien acorder Les dolz estrumenz, 
 Reim. 102a. 
 
The Verb. 99 
 
 Sovenir: Quant il lor prist a sovenir, Que . . . Ch. L. 
 4052. 
 
 Venter: see Plovoir. 
 
 Vestir: Premieremant se fist lacier lines chauces de 
 blanc acier. Apres vest un hauberc . . . (2654) Tuit se 
 pranent a mervoillier, Por quoi il armer se feisoit . . . 
 Quant del hauberc I'orent arme Un hiaume a cercle d'or 
 liste . . . Uns vaslez sor le chief li lace, Erec 2637. 
 
 Infinitive with pooir.^ 
 
 Some verb, such as empeschier accompanying a nega- 
 tive clause, and acomplir with an affirmative clause, is 
 sometimes omitted with pooir. The omission of the 
 neuter accusative pronoun le was probably of later de- 
 velopment; it still remains in the first of the following 
 examples : 
 
 Longement n^i serai prise, Se jel puis mie, Auc. 5, 24 ; 
 Mais se je puis, il ne vos tenront ja, ib. 26, 20 ; Que ja 
 par force, que je puisse, . . . Ne li leirai mon heritage ! "* 
 Ch. L. 4783. — Et se je puis, jusqu'au tierz jor Me serai 
 je mis el retor, Erec 265; Mes se je puis, sire vassaus, 
 Sor vos retomera li maus, Ch. L. 497. 
 
 The omission of aler, depending on pooir, is not un- 
 usual : 
 
 II est si fiebles qu^il ne poet en avant, Eol. 2228 ; En- 
 dormiz est, ne poet mais en avant, ib. 2520; Quant fu 
 venu a tant Ke ne pout avant, Murir li cuvint, Omnip. 
 63a. 
 
 Faire is the verb most frequently left to be understood 
 with pooir: 
 
 Soz ciel n^at gent qui plus puissent en champ, Eol. 
 3049; La pucele quant miauz ne puet, Yuelle ou non, 
 
 " See Tobler, Oott Gel. Anz., 1877, p. 1610. 
 "Cited also by Tobler, who gives several other examples 
 as well, V. B. 1, 101 (article 17). 
 
100 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 retorner Festuet, Erec 187; A cest mot s'est Erec levez 
 An son seant^ qu^il ne pot plus, ib. 5088 ; Done porroie je 
 mout petit, Clig. 516 ; For quoi ne puet li miens toz sens 
 Autretant con li suens par Ini? ib. 4506; Tant puet et 
 tant set et tant vant . . . Ch. L. 632. 
 
 Auxiliary avoir Omitted When Eeplacing estre. 
 
 But one example of this ellipsis has been found : 
 
 Tant s'est Alixandre penez Et tant fet par son bel 
 servise. Que mout Taimme li rois et prise, Clig. 418. 
 
 Omission of Yerb in the Second Term of a Comparison. 
 
 In comparisons, a negative verb is sometimes omitted* 
 following an affirmative : 
 
 Vint plus tost qu'uns alerions (sc. ne vole), Ch. L. 
 487; Vint d^ire plus ardanz que (sc. n'est) brese, ib. 812; 
 si m^en poise asses plus que de mi, Auc. 24, 56 (here 
 faire would replace peser) ; Si devint plus noire que terre, 
 Ch. L. 5938. 
 
 Omission before a Eepetition of the Verb. 
 
 When occurring in a following clause, a verb is most 
 frequently omitted after devoir ^ pooir, savoir and voloir: 
 
 Et li autre si come il doivent Ses armes pranent et 
 regoivent, Ch. L. 4683; Tant com poons, I'avons sel6, 
 Grreg. 11-21; Quanqu'il puet, apres esperone, Ch. L. 881; 
 Or te pri et quier et demant, Se tu sez, que tu me con- 
 soille, ib. 364; Ore a tot einsi come il viaut La dameisele 
 delivree, ib. 4566. 
 
 non-repetition of the verb. 
 
 1. 
 
 The repetition of the verb in the same form, with the 
 same word for the subject, is avoided in Old French : 
 
 Alquant dels palmes prendent raimes, Dels oliviers 
 alquant les branches. Pass. 37; Grand font escham, 
 
The Yeeb. '' '^ ' lioil 
 
 grand cridaizon, ib. 286; Cent colombes i at tot de 
 marbre en estant; Chascune est a fin or neielee devant 
 . . . De cuivre et de metal tresjetet dons enfanz, Pel. de 
 Ch. 350; Voeillet o non/* Eol. 1419; Que set tres bien 
 tos seaiis (i. e. ceaus) sauver, Que il plaist, en terre e 
 en mer, Greg. 33-19 ; Une norisse a demandee Por Ten- 
 fant norir, e louee, ib. 39-17; ceste nostre ferte Qui ne 
 pot par force estre prise, Ne par assaut estre conquise, 
 ib. 54-6; Fai le gesir sor eel estraim, De lez tes rez le 
 laisse aval, ib. 87-10; Si que riens antrer n'i pooit, Se 
 par dessore n'i voloit," Erec 5743; Ou soit de terre ou 
 de tresor/* Clig. 5147; qu'il ne voloit estre cevalers ne 
 . . . faire point de quanque il deust," Auc. 2, 16. 
 
 So the auxiliary verb avoir may be compounded with 
 two past participles even when both are transitive with 
 different objects : 
 
 Si ont au chaple des espees Les guiges des escuz cou- 
 pees Et les escuz dehachiez toz, Ch. L. 825. 
 
 Devoir, pooir, voloir may govern two infinitives, each 
 sometimes with an object depending on it : 
 
 Desfier me deiissiez vos, S^il eust querele autre nos, 
 Ou au mains droiture requerre, Ch. L. 493 ; Que puisses 
 ceaus tables raveir E que est ens escrit saveir, Greg. 24-5 ; 
 Que ne Ppoeient sol covrir, Le environ son cors tenir, ib. 
 96-23; Comander vos vuel et priier, Ch. L. 136. 
 
 A negative verb is often not repeated as an affirmative 
 in the same form : 
 
 Wi ont escuz ne lances ne espees trenchanz, Mais fuz 
 ferrez de fraisne et escharpes pendanz, Pel. de Ch. 79; 
 
 "Cf. veullies u nan veulUes, in Nouvelles frangoises, 
 quoted by Lotz, p. 6 bottom; Voille n'en (read nen) voille, 
 Gr6g. 67-24; cf. the English "willy nilly." 
 
 "The insertion of the adverb relating to a non-repeated 
 verb is unusual. 
 
 " Soit is often not repeated, so in Clig. 5982. Cf. Ou soit de 
 Men ou soit de mal, ib. 5947; see also Erec 3358, 4224. 
 
 "Cf. qu'il ne veut estre cevaliers ne faire point de quan- 
 que faire doie, ib. 4, 6. 
 
16^ ' Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Icist pechez dont parler veuil, Ne fait a dire par orgueil, 
 Mais por eissample d'autre gent, Greg. 1-9; Erec ne 
 voloit pas antandre A cheval n^a chevalier prandre, Mes 
 a joster et a bien feire, Erec 2215 ; Moi ne cant n nons 
 aillons . . . mais qne je soie aveuc vous, Anc. 27, 12; 
 Or ne devez vos pas songier, Mes les torneiemanz ongier, 
 Ch. L. 2503/' 
 
 The infinitive alone is repeated in Greg. 92-16 : 
 Ne deust estre d^abaie ; Mais estre en nn hermitage. 
 Conversely, a negative verb is occasionally omitted 
 following its use affirmatively : 
 
 E pur eus vine en terre E pur nul autre afere, Omnip. 
 68d; A las! qnei a il fet? A null si ben nun, ib. 109e. 
 
 In the following, estre, if repeated, would be the prin- 
 cipal verb, whereas after palais it is an auxiliary : 
 
 Li palais fut d^azur listez et avenanz, Pel. de Ch. 344. 
 
 The contrary may be the case in : 
 
 Li frein sont d^or, les seles d^argent mises, Eol. 91. 
 
 Estre appears as an auxiliary to an intransitive verb 
 in the following quotation^ while, if repeated, it would 
 serve as an auxiliary to a passive verb : 
 
 Fors fu la dame descendue E receue a grant enor, 
 Greg. 18-24. 
 
 An interrogative verb need not be repeated declara- 
 tively : 
 
 Et done sui je ses anemis ? Nenil certes, mes ses amis, 
 Ch. L. 1459. 
 
 " Ellipses such as those occurring in the passages cited by 
 Tobler, V. B. 3, 13, are probably the result of a further ap- 
 plication of the ellipsis seen in the above examples: 
 
 " Se del vivre ne trovon ci, N'i at neient del sejorner, 
 Mais del metre nos en la mer (d. h. en la mer nos estuet 
 metre), En. 351"; "Or escri done en tel maniere Au 
 premier a ta dame chiere Qu'il n'i ait mot de vilanie, Mes 
 d'enor et de cortoisie (tuit 11 mot soient). Clef d*amor, 691." 
 
The Verb. 103 
 
 A verb in the infinitive is omitted after being nsed as 
 a noun in Ch. L. 5224 : 
 
 " Que del rissir est 11 neanz/^ " Ne je ne quier/^ fet 
 il, " biaus f rere ! ^^ 
 
 In coordinate clauses when the construction is parallel, 
 the verb, in the same form, relating to a different sub- 
 ject, is usually not repeated : 
 
 Petit se conoissent andui: ISTe la conois ne ele lui, 
 Greg. 57-9 ; Si blasme Fune et Tautre loe, Uune tient vil 
 et Tautre chiere, Clig. 740; Einsi fuit li faucons por 
 Fane, Et li girfauz por le heiron, Et li gros luz por le 
 veiron, ib. 3854; Et li valles fu grans et fors . . . et li 
 cevaux, sor quoi il sist, rades et corans, Auc. 10, 4; ja 
 ne sera ses amis, n^ele s^amie, ib. 19, 21; Toz jorz doit 
 puir li fumiers Et taons poindre et maloz bruire, Enuieus 
 enuiier et nuire, Ch. L. 116; L'escu a pris par les 
 enarmes, Et Keus le suen, si s'antreleissent, ib. 2244 ; Car 
 Feiist il or afiee Et ele lui de nue main, ib. 2065. 
 
 To a complete statement there is frequently added in 
 Old French a noun which is grammatically the subject 
 of a coordinate clause whose predicate, which is under- 
 stood, is, with occasional slight variation, identical with 
 that of the preceding clause : 
 
 Que Charles diet, et trestote sa gent . . . Eol. 2362; 
 Si com li venz le demenot, E Fonde qui le debotot, Greg. 
 33-23; Uanperere les convoie Et Fanpererriz cui mout 
 poise, Clig. 240; Li rois Artus mut Fandemain Et la 
 reine et ses puceles, ib. 436 ; oent les noveles. Que li rois 
 vient et si baron, ib. 438 ; Que sans lor faut et hardemanz 
 A dire ce qu^il ont an pans, ib. 3862; Et li sire de la 
 meison Se lieve et tuit si conpeignon, Ch. L. 4935 ; Mes 
 sire Yvains el vergier autre Et apres lui tote sa rote, ib. 
 5360. 
 
104 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Thus far, it is a clear case of a natural ellipsis. When 
 the verb in the first clause precedes its subject, there is 
 still the same ellipsis, though it is less apparent : 
 
 Molt bien i fiert Oliviers et Eollanz, Eol. 1413; Es- 
 clariz est li vespres et li jorz, ib. 1807; Ou'st I'arces- 
 vesques et li cuens Oliviers? Ou est Gerins et ses com- 
 paing Geriers ? Ou est Oton et li cuens Berengiers, Ive 
 et Ivories, que j^aveie tant chiers? Qu^est devenuz li 
 Guascoing Engeliers, Sanson li dus et Anseis li fiers? 
 ib. 2403 ; Sis guiderat Geboins et Lorenz, ib. 3022 ; Re- 
 paidret lui vigor et remembrance, ib. 3614; Plore li 
 freres e la suer, Greg. 14-23 ; Trestuit dient que mar fu 
 Sis cors, sis senz e sa vertu, ib. 41-21; Grant plaint e 
 grant duel en mena Tuit li clergie e li autre home Qui a 
 eel tens ierent a Eome, ib. 97-16; Ja est morz Adam, 
 ISToe, Abraam, Moyses, Davi, Salemum li sages, Eeim. 
 120a; Plore la pucele et li pere, Erec 1462; Liez an iert 
 ma dame et mes sire, ib. 4165; A Puis de la chanbre 
 defors Fu Dodiniaus et Sagremors Et Keus et mes sire 
 Gauvains, Ch. L. 53 ; Se leva mout isnelemant Mes sire 
 Yvains et sa pucele, ib. 5452. 
 
 When a verb in the singular may be followed by two 
 or more singular subjects, it is natural that the ellipsis 
 should be still further lost sight of, and that one or more 
 plural subjects should follow the singular verb. This 
 use has been explained " by assuming the verb to be used 
 impersonally, with the logical subject following, while 
 another theory ''° is that the idea of the plurality of the 
 following subject has not yet clearly entered the mind 
 when the verb is spoken, thus also accounting for the 
 non-agreement in modern times of the past participle 
 with a following object. The latter theory does not, how- 
 
 "A. Horning, Rom. Stud., 4, 260; E. Gessner, p. 14. 
 ^Tobler, V. B. 1, 192 (article 34). 
 
The Verb. 105 
 
 ever, explain the construction seen in the following 
 
 An ce metez antante et cure. Que feite soit an tel me- 
 niere Et la sepouture et la biere, Que . . . Clig. 5338. 
 
 The use of the plural subject- word following a singu- 
 lar verb has not been found in the works examined, and 
 Horning " says that there are no examples of this " im- 
 personal ^' use of the verb before the middle of the twelfth 
 century. Since, therefore, the elliptical use of two singu- 
 lar subjects after the singular verb preceded the above 
 described "impersonal" use of the verb by at least 
 three-quarters of a century, it seems probable that the 
 latter is in reality due originally to a broader application 
 of the construction which developed through the ellipsis 
 of the verb, whatever may have been the manner of view- 
 ing it in later years. 
 
 The use of the two singular subjects with a singular 
 verb is found later preceding the verb, but, except when 
 the subjects were so similar in meaning that they may 
 have been thought of as expressing but a single idea, 
 the incongruity of this construction doubtless prevented 
 its frequent use : 
 
 La plus jantis et la plus bele Qui soit jusque la, ce me 
 sanble, Ou li ciaus et la terre assanble, Erec 1784 ; Toz li 
 peitraus et li lorains Fu d^or et d'esmeraudes plains, ib. 
 5333; Toz li fruiz et blez et vins i vient, ib. 5400; Mes 
 force et hardemanz li doble, Clig. 1912; Vie et joie lor 
 est despiz, ib. 2082 ; Proesce et amors qui Tanlace Le fet 
 hardi et conbatant, ib. 3804; Cui sans et memoires n'an 
 faut, ib. 3876; An Bretaingne sont li prodomo Qu^enors 
 et proesce renome, ib. 4255; Mes ses cuers et ses esperiz 
 Est a Cliges, ib. 4346; Ses gens cors et ses viaires, Sa 
 
106 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 biautes le cuer m'esclaire, Auc. 3, 15; Deus et li droiz 
 . . . An soit an aie a celui, Qui ^ . . . Ch. L. 5983. 
 
 The verb, sometimes in a different form, but relating 
 to the same subject, is "usually not repeated when de- 
 pending on some verb in the second clause, particularly 
 devoir^ oser, pooir, savoir, soloir, voloir: 
 
 Tot no-1 vos pois eu bien compter, No-1 puot nulz 
 huom de medre nez,^ Pass. 447 ; Sempre fist bien o que 
 il puot, St. Leg. 40; Quant de la mer eschape sont Et 
 venu la ou il voloient, Clig. 284; Cist cinq font duel de 
 lor seignor Si grant qu^il ne pueent greignor, ib. 2085; 
 Que mains jeue qu'ele ne siaut, ib. 2998; Que plus le 
 loent tuit ansanble Qu^il ne devroient, ib. 5017; Et aut 
 plus tost que il ne siaut, Ch. L. 1835 ; " De remenoir vos 
 prieroie.^^ " Certes, dame, je n^oseroie,^^ ib. 4623 ; Si les 
 salue et les enore De quanque ele set et puet, ib. 5834; 
 Avra il droit, se il se plaint? Nenil; qu^il ne savra de 
 cui, ib. 6104. 
 
 Se , . , , non!^ 
 
 This familiar locution originated in the non-repetition 
 of the verb, sometimes together with the ellipsis of a 
 pronoun : 
 
 Mais n^a talent li facet se bien non (sc. li facet), Eol. 
 3681 ; Et po fet an se par lui non (sc. le fet), Clig. 2588 ; 
 '^Q se set a cui conseillier S^an panser non et an veillier, 
 ib. 2991 ; Car ja n'amera se lui non, ib. 2899 ; Je nel vos 
 demant se por lui non, Auc. 24, 29. 
 
 ^Cf. Que Deus et droiz li eideront, Ch. L. 4333; Que Deus 
 et droiz a un se tienent, ib. 4445. 
 
 ^Cf. Et le duel, qui ja n'iert descriz; Que nus ne le por- 
 roit descrivre, Ch. L. 1174. 
 
 " See Tobler, V. B. 3, 68 ft. 
 
The Verb. 107 
 
 The verb is occasionally repeated after non (ne) or 
 replaced by faire : 
 
 Car rien ne soi, don mans me vaingne, Se de ma vo- 
 lante ne vient, Clig. 3078; Mes ce coment pot avenir, 
 Que tu mon seignor oceis, S^an tra'ison ne le feis ? Ch. L. 
 1232; Ja mes si riche mariage N^avroiz, se vos cestui 
 n'avez, ib. 5718; Que pou puet on fame trouer Qui de son 
 cors face mesfet, Se par autre fame nel fet, Ebeling's 
 Auberee, 664. 
 
 The meaning of " but rather '' is evidently due to an 
 extension of its use, the idea of exception, which se . . . 
 non expressed, having assumed the added idea of con- 
 trast : 
 
 et si estoit entecies de bones teces, qu'en lui n'en avoit 
 nule mauvaise, se bone non, Auc. 2, 14. 
 
 The possibility that estre is the omitted verb in some 
 cases deserves consideration which it has not received. It 
 is not only often more appropriate, as in Auc. 2, 14, 
 above, and in Erec 5739, below, but also requisite, as in 
 Auc. 14, 6, below : 
 
 El vergier n^avoit anviron Mur ne paliz se de Per non, 
 Erec 5739 ; Et puis que vos ariies jut en lit a home s^el 
 mien non . . . Auc. 14, 6. 
 
 It is important that se . . . ne is found followed by 
 estrCj though related words and phrases usually follow 
 the verb, instead of separating se and non: 
 
 S^a dit a toz qu'ele ne viaut Que nus hon an sa chanbre 
 vaingne . . . Se n^est Tanperere ou ses nies, Clig. 5670; 
 Par ou riens nule s^an alast, Se ce n^iert oisiaus, Ch. L. 
 1113; Ne n'a tesmoing de sa loange, Se ce n^est por 
 fausse losange, ib. 2189.^ 
 
 **Cf. je cuit Qu'il n'i avoit ne fer ne fust Ne rien, qui de 
 cuivre ne fust, Ch. L. 214. 
 
108 Ellipsis m Old French. 
 
 4. 
 
 The non-repetition of the verb in a different form, 
 relating to a different subject, occurs less frequently than 
 under other circumstances: 
 
 Li uns li fiert en sun escu, Les treis al blanc hauberc 
 menu, Gorm. 622; Et desimes tel chose, que estre ne 
 delist, Pel. de Ch. 666; La fu li reis qui tote Espaigne 
 tint. Tot entorn lui vint milie Sarrazin, Rol. 409 ; E ! 
 gentilz reis, ja sont vencut nostre home, Li amiralz ocis 
 a si grant honte ! ^ ib. 3642 ; Qu^il ne s'amassent anbedui, 
 Gil celi et cele celui, Glig. 2271; " Or vos en alez antre- 
 metre, S'asseez vostre sepouture . . ." Jehanz respont: 
 " Yolantiers, sire,^^ ib. 6104 (after volantiers the verb 
 would naturally be replaced by faire) ; " Mais je doi 
 plorer et dol f aire/^ " Et tu de quoi, frere ? " Auc. 24, 
 45; "Queus hon es tu?'' "Tens con tu voiz," Gh. L. 
 331 ; " Je gart si cestes et Justis, Que ja n'istront de cest 
 porpris.'' " Et tu coment? '' ib. 341 ; " Et que voldroies 
 tu trover ? '' " Avantures por esprover Ma proesce,'' ib. 
 361; De la fontainne poez croire, Qu'ele boloit come eve 
 chaude, ib. 422 ; " Qui est, qui se demante si ? " Et cil 
 li respont : " Et vos, qui ? '' ib. 3571. 
 
 The non-repetition of the verb may occur when a 
 preposition is required before it: 
 
 Et dient tuit, qu'onques ne finent, Erec 6374. 
 
 Faire que sages. 
 
 In expressions such as faire, dire, que sages, the verb 
 is not repeated: 
 
 Jo fereie que fols, Rol. 1053 ; Et de ce firent mout que 
 preu, Gh. L. 855; "Vos dites,'' fet li rois, "que sage,'' 
 (fem.) ib. 4786. 
 
 ^The following passage is cited by Tobler, V. B. 1, 204 
 (article 36), as an example of the superfluous qui: De 
 marhre sont li piler et li pan, Et les fenestres entaillies 
 
The Verb. 109 
 
 There is at least as much reason for considering this 
 que in the sense of " as/^ as there is for believing it to 
 mean " what/^ Tobler * takes the latter view : " Unbe- 
 streitbar ist auch, dass in Yerbindungen wie il a fait que 
 gentiex rois Et qv£ sages et que courtois, Cleom. 15127 
 . . . nach der von Diez a. a. 0. vorgetragenen Auffassung 
 des H. Estienne in der That que das eben besprochene 
 Relativum, also mit neufranzosischem ce que gleich- 
 zusetzen, und dass dazu als Verbum des verkiirzten Rela- 
 tivsatzes aus dem Hauptsatze fait, font, feroit, eust fait 
 hinzu zn denken ist/^ and Foerster *" translates firent qv^ 
 preu '' darin handelten sie wie wackere Manner/^ adding, 
 " Die Konstr. ist eigentlich fiTent [ce] qwe [/on/] yreu; 
 genau so 1435 ai je dit que sages f " whereas Cledat " says : 
 " ' Faire que ' suivi d'un adj. ou d^un subst. attribut = 
 agir en; faire en, comme dit encore Corneille (le Cid) : 
 ^Ayez soin que tons deux f assent en gens de coeur/ 
 L^ancienne langue aurait dit: 'f assent que gens de 
 coeur/ La Fontainne (Fable du pot de terre et du pot 
 de fer) : ^ II ferait que sage/ " 
 
 An object preceded by de often accompanies the verb 
 in these expressions, and while it may be thought that the 
 preposition is used because the object of the verb is qu^, 
 it is fully as probable that it is because the verb is in- 
 transitively used : 
 
 N"aimes li dus d'igo at fait que proz, Rol. 2423; De 
 tant fist mout Erec que sages, Erec 232; Et de ce fist 
 que bien apris, Clig. 6111; Et de ce firent mout que 
 preu, Ch. L. 855 ; ne cuit mie savoir, Qu'ele me het plus 
 
 d'argent, Et Vaigle d'or qui reluist et resplent, Orenge 462. 
 But, considering the frequent occurrence of the non-repeti- 
 tion of the verb, it seems more likely that the verb est is to 
 be supplied after aigle, and that qui is required. 
 
 ^V. B. 1, 11 (article 2). 
 
 ^ Note to 1. 855, Ch. L. 
 
 * In his glossary to Rol., under faire. 
 
110 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 or androit, Que nule rien^ et si a droit. D' " or androit ^' 
 ai je dit que sages, ib. 1432. 
 
 Since faire """ and dire ^^ are used intransitively in Old 
 French, and que is used in the sense of come^^ no ob- 
 stacle remains to the belief that que is here an adverbial 
 conjunction, which belief is strengthened by a compari- 
 son of the use of que and the nominative adjective fol- 
 lowing verbs other than faire and dire, with the use of 
 come with such verbs.^* 
 
 All that remains to prove the theory is the discovery 
 of examples in which either the verb is intransitive or 
 some other word or a phrase is unquestionably the object. 
 While no examples have been found of some other word 
 as object, come then replacing que, there are some of 
 intransitive verbs and of phrase objects accompanying 
 que with the nominative adjective, but the phrase may 
 be considered by some as explanatory of que, taken as 
 the object. It is not surprising that instances of the use 
 of a word-object are lacking, when one bears in mind 
 
 " Sez tu, come li amant font? Content le tans et la seison, 
 Ch. L. 2760. 
 
 ""Cil rois don je vos di fu nains, Erec 1995; De mon 
 seignor Gauvain vuel dire, ib. 2224. 
 
 ^^ See Tobler, V. B. 2, 53. Compare: si que vous av6s oi 
 et entendu, Auc. 6, 1, and, si con vos av^s oi et entendu, ib. 
 10, 1, — ce ne porroit estre que vos m'amissi6s tant, que je 
 fac vos. Fenme ne puet tant amer I'oume, con li horn fait 
 le fenme, ib. 14, 18, — Tant con fins ors le cuivre passe Et 
 plus que je ne di ancor, Clig. 2774, and, Et aussi fieremant 
 ou plus Corent li uns as autres sus, Con li lion a proie 
 corent, ib. 1753, and, se j'estoie ausi rices hom que vos estes, 
 Auc. 24, 31. 
 
 ^^Come usually occurs in such cases: Chascuns parolet 
 altresi come hom, Rol. 2559; Beisiee Va come cortois, Erec 
 1835; Erec manja come malades, ib. 5168; Enide come debo- 
 neire La salue, ib. 6230. Examples of the use of que are 
 given below. 
 
The Verb. Ill 
 
 that the expression que sages, etc., occurs, with compara- 
 tively few exceptions, only with faire and ^iVe, which, it 
 is believed, are generally to be taken in such cases as 
 intransitive verbs. 
 
 In some of the following examples, of which some are 
 cited by Tobler" in support of his statement that this 
 construction is found with verbs other than faire^ que is 
 clearly not a pronoun, and is probably an adverbial con- 
 junction in the other examples as well : 
 
 Per tot ovrat que verus deus," Pass. 7 ; il dist que cor- 
 teis: "Dame, molt estes bele,'' "^ Pel. de Ch. 716; ele 
 dist molt que fole. Que ja preisat barnet si bien come le 
 nostre, ib. 819; Salemon dit que droicturiers Que . . . 
 Trist. I, 72; tu paroles que fols. Barb. u. M. I, 358, 57; 
 or as que bris parle, Nyrnes 896 ; De ce s'apense li vilains 
 que senez, Que sel est chier el regne dont fu nez,^' Nymes 
 880; and (V. B. 2, 53), Et tressaut et fretelle que foeille 
 an vent de bise, Bast. 1269. 
 
 Since, therefore, que in the expression que sages, etc., 
 is sometimes an adverbial conjunction, and there seem to 
 be no cases in which it expresses beyond doubt the mean- 
 ing of "what,^^ the facts tend to disprove Tobler^s as- 
 sertion. 
 
 " V. B. 1, 12. 
 
 ** The verse following is : Per tot sustint qued huom char- 
 nels, in which the thought may be " bore everything," " suf- 
 fered." 
 
 " Cf . Cele lor dit come af eitiee : " Seignor, ma dame est 
 desheitiee," Clig. 5475; Merci crier vos vuel Del grant ou- 
 trage et de I'orguel, Que je vos ai dit come fole, Ch. L. 1795; 
 Et dist come verais amis: " Dame, ja voir ne crierai Merci, 
 ib. 1974; Et cil li respont come frans: ** Ja mar an seroiz 
 an espans!" Erec 611; Ele respont com af eitiee: "Sire 
 ..." ib. 4176; Si respondi come esfreee . . .Que . . . Ch. 
 L. 3680. 
 
 *• Cf. Puis s'apanse come cortois. Que . . . Clig. 3274. 
 
112 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 5. Verb Eeplaced by faired 
 
 As has often been remarked, the substitution of faire 
 in Old French for some preceding verb is frequently 
 made. A few examples are given : 
 
 ISTuls hom vidist un rey tan ric Chi per batalle et per 
 estrit Tant rey fesist mat ne mendic Ne tanta terra cun- 
 quesist Ne tan due nobli occisist Cum Alexander Magnus 
 fist, Alberic 12; Que il la garde en tel enor Cum freres 
 deit faire seror, Greg. 6-17 ; Lors Tesgardent a grant mer- 
 voille Trestuit plus qu^onques mes ne firent, Clig. 4836 ; 
 Que por ce ne pert ele mie, Que il ne Faint come s'amie, 
 Et ele lui tot autresi, Con Fan doit feire son ami, ib. 
 6755; Mais je vos aim plus que vos ne facies mi, Auc. 
 14, 16. 
 
 6. Non-repetition of the Verb in the Second Term of 
 Comparisons. 
 
 Verbs are often not repeated in comparisons in either 
 the same or a different form. In some cases the verb 
 faire would take the place of the repeated verb. 
 
 Tient Durendal, qui plus valt que fins ors, Eol. 1540 ; 
 Li nains fu fel tant que nus plus," Erec 218; Qu'or an 
 sai plus que hues dearer, Clig. 1032 ; Si vi qu^il ot grosse 
 la teste Plus que roncins ne autre beste, Ch. L. 295 ; Tu 
 seras de meillor cheance Que chevaliers, qui i fust onques, 
 ib. 406 ; Et mes sire Gauvains an a Qant tanz plus grant 
 joie que nus, ib. 2286 ; Qu^ele estoit au mien esciant Plus 
 bele que nule deesse, ib. 2366; mes plus li enuie. Que li 
 bois ne la nuiz, la pluie, ib. 4845 ; Si devint plus noire 
 que terre, ib. 5938. 
 
 "^ See Diez, Oram. 3, 415. 
 
 ^See Tobler, V. B. 1, 84 (article 15). 
 
CHAPTEE VII. 
 
 The Adverb. 
 
 Because of the function of the adverb, its omission is 
 comparatively rare. The ellipsis of the following ad- 
 verbs occurs: 
 
 En. 
 
 ITe seront veil n'ancontre, Tant que la pucele an son 
 tre Porront prandre et (sc. en) mener quite, Clig. 3635. 
 
 I (Y).' 
 With the impersonal verb avoir, no rule governs the 
 use of i: 
 
 Wi at eschipre quis claint se par lui non, Eol. 1522; 
 N*en at meillor en terre desoz ciel, ib. 1674. 
 
 In nearly all other cases the use of this adverb corre- 
 sponds to that of Modern French. The following omis- 
 sions are to be noted : 
 
 Dis blanches mules fist amener Marsilies, Eol. 89; 
 Qui go jujat que deussez aler, Par Charlemaigne n'iert 
 guariz ne tensez, ib. 353 ; De Sarragoce Charles guarnist 
 
 les tors Montet li reis od ses homes trestoz, ib. 
 
 3676 ; Que demain a joie vandrai, Erec 1039 ; Li cuens et 
 troi autre vassal S'estoient venu apuiier, ib. 3214; La 
 sele mise et anfrene L^'a uns escuiiers amene, ib. 3697 ; 
 Ele n^osa mie parfont antrer por les bestes sauvages, Auc. 
 18, 3; Vint au chastel li cuens Aliers A serjanz et a 
 chevaliers Et mirent feu et prirent proies, Ch. L. 3143 ; 
 I sembla plus dure La peine e plus hunie A sa mere 
 ke estut, Omnip. 103b. 
 
 ^ For the omission of i with the future and the conditional 
 of aler, see Chapt. I. 
 8 
 
114 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 La, 
 
 Old French required the use of la with ou in a manner 
 similar to present-day usage. Examples of its omission 
 are as follows : ^ 
 
 Que, en mon vivant, ne Fai mise sa biaute fust bien 
 acise, Greg. 5-1 ; S^an alast ancui desconfiz Ou il remas- 
 sist toz honiz, Ch. L. 3241. 
 
 Ne* 
 The omission of the negative adverb ne is rare and 
 striking. It is omitted in the following passage : 
 
 II ne nos vait Si bien, que nuil seignor i ait, Ci (sc. n') 
 a fors sol une pucelle, Greg. 54-11. 
 With nus. In its omission with nus, one can hardly 
 see a survival of the Latin negative nullus, for in French 
 this word had assumed an affirmative meaning, and the 
 ellipsis occurs nearly as often with onques, which was 
 originally affirmative : 
 
 Ke si grant barnages ait nul rei suz eel, Pel. de Ch. 
 312 (diplomatic text) ; IsTuls hom vidist un rey tan ric, 
 Alberic 12 ; Mes se mes sire estoit or morz, De moi seroit 
 nus reconforz, Erec 2971; Mes del mangier fu nus de- 
 duiz; Qu^il n^i ot pain ne vin ne sel, Ne nape ne coutel 
 ne el, Ch. L. 3468 ; Ki vousist ben penser, De beivre et 
 de manger N^avereit nul desir (in MS. iV"* is written en), 
 Omnip. 16d (cf. meter ib. 69d, e). 
 
 With onques: 
 
 De totes parz Pont si avironet Que a vis onques i pot 
 hom habiter, St. Alex. 115d; Ainz an font tel joie et tel 
 
 ^On the other hand, la may he used superfluously: 
 E vint k Rome quant ele pot L^ o ele TApostoile sot, Gr6g. 
 112-21; A tant vers la chanbre retorne La ou mes sire 
 Yvains sejorne, Ch. L. 1727; Si la manroit vers un pleissi6 
 La, ou ele Tavoit leissi6, ih. 4975. 
 
 ' See pp. 100 and 112, and Perle. 
 
The Adverb. 115 
 
 feste. Come il onques porent greignor, Clig. 4994 ; Unkes 
 petit ne grant De meseise suffri tant, Omnip. 38d. 
 
 After craindre: Ne is required after craindre in Old 
 French as in Modern French. But few omissions are 
 found : 
 
 criem qu'ele seit perdue, Pel. de Ch. 322 ; For ce qu'il 
 iert de haut parage, Si cremeit aveir hontage, Que ele en 
 fust depeuplee E entre la gent abaissee, Ne sis freres ne 
 fust honis, Greg. 23-1; Or lairai a tant, Ne voil dire 
 avant, Car criem quMl enuit, Reim. 129a; Car il crient 
 mout, et si a droit. Que morte ou afolee soit, Clig. 6059. 
 
 With avoir and que expressing a lapse of time : 
 
 Je cuit que plus de cent anz a Que home ne feme i 
 entra, Greg. 93-11. 
 
 In positive comparisons of inequality, ne was used as 
 it is to-day. But one example of its omission has been 
 found : 
 
 Mielz sostendreiet les empedemenz Qu^ele ne perdiesset 
 sa verginitet, Ste. Eul. 16 (ne does not appear in the 
 diplomatic text). 
 
 The following show the non-employment of this ex- 
 pletive after a negative, as in Modem French: 
 
 Ne plus ne se pueent pener D'aus anpirier et d^aus 
 grever. Que il se painnent et travaillent, Erec 5969; Ne 
 li uns Fautre rien n'esloche Ne plus que feist une roche, 
 Clig. 1925; Lors ne plest le roi ne agree Que plus an 
 facent qu'il ont fet, ib. 4962; Onques de rien ne m'apar- 
 gui Ne de sa fille ne de lui. Que mains volantiers nie 
 veissent Ne que mains d'enor me feissent, Qu'il avoient 
 fet Tautre nuit, Ch. L. 565 ; Ne cuit greignor esfrois feist. 
 Que li jaianz fist au cheoir, ib. 4246. 
 
 Ou. 
 
 Ainc dix ne fist ce regne, Ne par terre ne par mer, 
 Se f i quidoie trover, Ne t'i quessisge, Auc. 35, 12. 
 
116 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Plus (Mes). 
 
 Plus (mes) is sometimes omitted between ne and 
 que: 
 
 Que a vos ne s^an prant nes nne, Ne que au soloil fet 
 la lune, 'Ne de biaute ne de valor . . . Erec 833; Wa- 
 vriiez vos force vers nos l!^e qu'uns aigniaus contre deus 
 los, ib. 4433; Si que riens antrer n'i pooit, Se par dessore 
 n'i voloit, Ne que s'il fust toz clos de fer, ib. 5743 ; Et sui 
 je done por ce s'amie? Nenil, ne qu^a un autre sui, 
 Clig. 916; Que ja veoir ne le porra Nus hon, tant et les 
 iauz overz, Ne que le fust, qui est coverz De I'escorce, 
 qui sor lui nest, Ch. L. 1034. 
 
 The Modern French ne , , . que ("only^^), elliptical 
 for ne mes (plus) que^ had already developed by the 
 twelfth century: 
 
 II n'i a que del consirrer, Ch. L. 3119; Si n'i ot que 
 de Favaler Le pont et del leissier aler, ib. 4165.* 
 
 Si. 
 Que is often used in Old French in the sense of si que : 
 
 Des espuruns puint Fauferant Que il en fist raier le 
 sang, Gorm. 16; Hues le fiert tut a bandun Que mort 
 Pabat as piez Gormund, ib. 283 ; Et moi recreant et lasse. 
 Que plus ne me porrai defandre, Erec 5846; S^antre- 
 fierent des fers tranchanz Que parmi les escuz luisanz 
 Passe de chascune une toise, ib. 5945 ; Ains li desronpent 
 
 * Cf . Ne li uns I'autre rien n'esloche Ne plus que feist une 
 roche, Clig. 1925; Qu'uns cors ne puet deus cuers avoir . . . 
 Ne plus que les voiz qui s'assanblent Si qu'une chose sole 
 sanblent, ib. 2847; Que ja tant hardi n'i avra, Tant con la 
 bataille durra, Qui s'ost movoir por nul afeire Ne plus qu'il 
 s'oseroit Fuel treire, ib. 4043; Que je ne sai dire, quel part 
 II sont al§ ne plus que vos, ib. 6604. 
 
 "^ See L. Cledat's article, Les vieilles locutions " mais que, 
 ne mais que,'' in Revue de philologie frangaise, vol. 20 
 (1906), p. 16. 
 
 « Cf. Si n'i a mes que del monter, Ch. L. 2623. 
 
The Adverb. 117 
 
 ses dras, qu'a painnes peiist on nouer desus el plus entier, 
 et que li sans li isgi des bras . . . qu' apres le vallet 
 peiist on suir le trace du sane, Auc. 24, 3. 
 
 Vite. 
 The omission of vite evidently occurs in Eol. 890 : 
 Plus cort a piet que ne fait una chevals. 
 
 NON-BEPETITION OF THE ADVERb/ 
 
 1. Modifying Verbs. 
 
 The non-repetition of an adverb modifying a verb 
 regularly occurs after the second verb when it follows 
 the first of two or more coordinate verbs, and it is often 
 omitted with the first verb when it follows the second : 
 
 E li promet tres bien e jure . . . Greg. 19-16; Mais la 
 dame dist bien e jure . . . ib. 31-17; Or vos aim assez 
 plus et pris, Erec 672; Or ne les siut plus ne convoie, 
 Clig. 4206 ; Et les janz aimment plus et prisent Le vif, 
 qu'onques le mort ne firent, Ch. L. 2168; Je quier ce, 
 que je ne vi onques. Mien esciant, ne ne conui, ib. 4902 ; 
 — Ainz dit qu^il pause et cuide bien Que . . . Clig. 
 4898; Mes sire Yvains plore et sospire Si fort, qu'a 
 painnes li puet dire . . . Ch. L. 2579. 
 
 When preceding the first verb it is sometimes omitted 
 before the second : ' 
 
 Et li venz durs et forz, qui tant bruit et fremist, Pel. 
 de Ch. 379; Mels vay et cort del an primeyr Que altre 
 emfes del seyentreyr, Alberic 7.4; Ne vost plus sofrir ne 
 atandre, Erec 1919; Si con li girfauz grue randone. Qui 
 de loing muet, et tant Faproche, Qu'il la cuide prandre, 
 et n'i toche; Einsi fuit cil, et cil le chace Si pres, qu'a 
 po qu'il ne I'anbrace, Ch. L. 882; S'il ne viaut sa mort et 
 desirre, ib. 1554. 
 
 ' See Hirschberg, p. 33. 
 
 " More often when a second adverb or a pronoun occurs 
 with it before the verb; see below, p. 118. 
 
118 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 The adverb i is usually repeated before each verb, ex- 
 cept when these verbs refer to the same subject, in which 
 case it is generally omitted before the second verb : 
 
 Son cors medisme i assalt et requiert, Eol. 2551; Car 
 tuit i forgent et martelent, Clig. 4863; Sor la fosse sont 
 li baron Qui le cors i couchent et metent, ib. 6148. 
 
 The omission of i with one or more of several verbs 
 referring to different subjects is seen in the following 
 
 Et vint i Otes, si i vint Berengiers, Et vint Sanson et 
 Anseis li fiers, Rol. 795; Mout i vint a riche conroi Li 
 cuens . . . [Apres i vint Menagormon . . .] Et cil de la 
 Haute Montaingne I vint a mout riche conpaingne. De 
 Treverain i vint li cuens . . . Apres vint li cuens Gode- 
 grains . . . Yint Maheloas, uns hauz ber, Erec 1934; 
 Cort i la fille, cort la mere, Ch. L. 4257. 
 
 An adverb rarely appears only before the second verb : 
 Gregoires entent e bien I'oi, Greg. 92-19. 
 When preceding a past participle, an adverb need not 
 be repeated before a second past participle used in con- 
 junction with the same auxiliary : 
 
 S^ont tant anquis et demande . . . Clig. 4585; Lors 
 ont par tot cerchie et quis Et reverchie et remiie, Ch. L. 
 1186 ; Si fu mout feruz et botez, ib. 1192. 
 
 If the adverb precedes a verb together with another 
 adverb or an object pronoun, both adverbs, or the adverb 
 and the pronoun, are very often left to be understood be- 
 fore a following verb : 
 
 Si qu^il ne le blesce ne quasse, Clig. 714; Qui forment 
 le prisent et loent, ib. 2208; Et mout s'i fie et asseiire, 
 ib. 3233; Que nus mal n^i antant ne pause, ib. 5156; Que 
 je n^i muire ne estaingne, ib. 5341 ; Et mout se travaille 
 et esforce, ib. 6232; Mes n'i areste ne demore, Ch. L. 
 159; M^i enorastes et servistes, ib. 1013. 
 
The Adverb. 119 
 
 Such non-repetition also occurs when the adverb fol- 
 lows the first verb: 
 
 Gregoire I'ot bien e entent, Greg. 55-15; Car il ne 
 Faimme tant ne prise, Ch. L. 4118. 
 
 In the following, the non-repetition of the adverb ne 
 occurs with that of the reflexive pronoun and the prefix 
 entre : 
 
 Et mervoille est . . . Qu'il ne s^antracolent et beisent, 
 Clig. 5127. 
 
 Eepetitions of only ne are rather surprising : * 
 
 Mes n^i cesse ne ne repose De joie feire et de chanter, 
 Erec 6168; Que nus n^i maint ne ne converse, Clig. 5565; 
 Si qu^il nel blesce ne ne quasse, ib. 5615. 
 
 When se . . . non refers to two things, non follows 
 the first and is not repeated : 
 
 Ne eel jor ne lor lut antandre S^a logier non et as trez 
 tandre, Clig. 1259; C^est uns avoirs qui rien ne vaut, 
 S'an estor non, ou an assaut, ib. 1305. 
 
 Si used with que is not necessarily repeated with the 
 latter : 
 
 Si que vers lui ne se deffandent Et que an sa merci se 
 randent, Ch. L. 4555. 
 
 In the following, it appears before only the first of the 
 infinitives to which it relates : 
 
 Car tu verras si foudroiier, Vanter et arbres pegoiier, 
 Plovoir, toner et espartir. Que . . . Ch. L. 401. 
 
 So tant is sometimes not repeated before each que in- 
 troducing clauses descriptive of it: 
 
 Mes mout li vient a grant enui Quant ele nel siut et 
 convoie Tant qu^ele sache et qu^ele voie. . . . Erec 5870; 
 Si qu^onques li Grejois nes virent, Tant que de la valee 
 issirent Et que li nies le due s^adresce, Clig. 3417; Jorz 
 
 " See the non-repetition of ne, above, p. 37. 
 
120 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 i sejorna ne sai quanz, Tant que il et ses lions furent 
 Gari et que raler s'an durent, Ch. L. 4700. 
 
 Haut is not repeated in the comparative in Ch. L. 
 1152: 
 
 A la foiiee s'escrioit Si haut, qu'ele ne pooit plus. 
 
 2. Modifying Adjectives. 
 An adverb modifying several adjectives is not repeated 
 when placed before the verb : 
 
 Car plus le trueve bataillant. Fort et legier et assail- 
 lant, Clig. 4127 ; Car mout est palie et changiee, ib. 4355 ; 
 Tant f u li tans pesmes et f orz, Que . . . Ch. L. 445 ; Si 
 me leissa honteus et mat Qu^onques puis ne me regarda, 
 ib. 542 ; Mout vint sinple, mate et teisanz, ib. 3960. 
 
 With the above exception, adverbs qualifying adjec- 
 tives are, in general, more often repeated before each 
 adjective. The following non-repetitions may be noted : 
 
 Assez: Or seit fait par madraines, Assez creiides et 
 enligniedes dames, Rol. 3982. 
 
 Mes: Car nus n^est mes frans ne cortois, Ch. L. 4381. 
 
 Mout: Fu mout sotis et angigneus, Erec 6717; La 
 porte fu mout haute et lee, Ch. L. 907; Mout angoisseus 
 et antrepris Remest dedanz la sale anclos, ib. 962; Ja 
 verroiz plainne ceste sale De jant mout enuieuse et male, 
 ib. 1067; Tant qu^il oi anmi le gaut Un cri mout dole- 
 reus et haut, ib. 3343; Qui est mout bele et jante et 
 sage, ib. 5717. 
 
 8i: Mes ele est si polie et droite, Qu^ . . . Clig. 782; 
 Onques nule beste sauvage . . . Ne fu si ardanz n'an- 
 ragiee. . . . ib. 3700; Cist moz li est si douz et buens. 
 Que . . . ib. 4386 ; Et ot le vis si pale et blanc . . . ib. 
 5781. 
 
 Also when used with que: 
 
 Et une pucele vint ci, li plus bele riens du monde, si 
 que nos quidames que ce fust une fee, et que tos cis bos 
 en esclarci, Auc. 22, 31. 
 
The Adverb. 121 
 
 Tant: Estoit tant avenanz et bele, Que . . . Clig. 
 452; Ne tant sotis n^estes et sages, Que . . . ib. 5581; 
 Nus horn n'est si esbahis, Tant dolans ni entrepris . . . 
 Aug. 1, 10. 
 
 Tot: Qu^ele est tote seiire et certe, Que . . . Ch. L. 
 1741 ; Et li sane tot chaut et boillant Par mainz leus fors 
 des cors lor bolent, ib. 6210. 
 
 Tres: E-vos Gregoire molt hontos E tres pencis e 
 angoissos, Greg. 51-13; Et fu une avenanz brunete, Tres 
 sage et veziiee et cointe, Ch. L. 2416. 
 
 Two adverbs together — the first relating to the sec- 
 ond — are sometimes not repeated before the second ad- 
 jective : 
 
 Si bien parlant et anseigniee, Ch. L. 242. 
 
 An adverb is not necessarily repeated with the same 
 adjective modifying a second noun : 
 
 S'i ot mout grant fole et grant presse, Ch. L. 1091. 
 
 3. Modifying Adverbs.*** 
 
 The repetition of an adverb does not necessitate that 
 of another adverb qualifying it: 
 
 Plus bele assez et plus cortoise, Erec 823 ; Cist est an 
 toz androiz Assez plus janz et plus adroiz, Clig. 4775. 
 
 ^^'See the non-repetition of two adverbs together, above, 
 subdivision 2, p. 121. 
 
CHAPTER YIII. 
 The Preposition-. 
 
 Except in certain expressions^ true ellipses of the 
 preposition are rare; but the state of the language, un- 
 settled in some respects, gives rise to several seeming 
 omissions. 
 
 1. A.' 
 
 The preposition a is evidently omitted in the follow- 
 ing passages: 
 
 As premiers cols i ont ocis Gnaltier, (sc. A) Tnrpin de 
 Reins tot son escnt perciet, Rol. 2076; (sc. a) itant de 
 tens Que apris ait auques de sens Quant des letres auques 
 saura, Idonc les tables conoistra, Greg. 23-19. 
 
 Nouns which explain the service of other nouns — 
 which in English are preceded by " as '' or " for '' — ^may 
 be used in Old French without the preposition a;" 
 
 Ne n^i a nule, n'et ami Chevalier vaillant et hardi, 
 Erec 53 ; Doner li volent baron Un roi de paiiens felon, 
 Auc. 39, 28 ; Si li veut on doner cascun jor baron un des 
 plus haus rois de tote Espaigne, ib. 40, 10. 
 
 Avoir non is doubtless the result of the ellipsis of the 
 preposition, whose use still survives in a few instances in 
 Old French:' 
 
 Fenice ot la pucele a non, Clig. 2725 ; Aucassins avoit 
 a non li damoisiax, Auc. 2, 9. 
 
 ^For the omission of a with vostre plaisir, see above, 
 p. 94. 
 
 ^This is probably not because of an ellipsis; compare 
 the use of the dative of purpose in Latin, as Optavitque 
 locum regno, Aen. 3, 109. 
 
 * This use of the preposition is similar to its use in sen- 
 tences such as the following: Qu'ele u un riche conte a 
 frere, Erec 1564. 
 
The Preposition. 123 
 
 Estre a vis often contracts to estre vis: 
 
 Mai avons fait, ce nos est vis^ Greg. 80-11 ; Vis m'est 
 que . . . Erec 630; Et si m^est vis que . . . ib. 1125. 
 
 Favre son miauz seems to have developed through the 
 ellipsis of the preposition; the use of the complete form 
 is not rare : 
 
 Or feites au miauz que porroiz, Clig. 6585; Feites au 
 miauz que vos porroiz, Ch. L. 5554; Et cil del garir se 
 pena, Tant que lor plaies ressena Au miauz et au plus 
 tost qu'il pot, ib. 6507. 
 
 After jusque, ordinarily followed by a, the preposition 
 is occasionally lacking : * 
 
 Jusque none des lo meidi, Pass. 309; Jusque la terre 
 per mei fent, ib. 328. 
 
 It is not required after jusque followed by ci or la: 
 
 Si vos ai jusque ci norrie, Clig. 3033; Qui ira bien 
 jusqu'a la cort Le roi Artu au mien espoir Au mains 
 jusqu'a demain au soir; Que jusque la n'iert il trovez, 
 Ch. L. 1828. 
 
 Mervoilles is sometimes used without the preposition : 
 
 Que mervoilles li estoit tart Que a la cort le roi venist, 
 Erec 1480 ; Mervoilles les esgarda Tan, ib. 2006. 
 
 In expressions of time the preposition may be omitted : 
 
 le matin le dirai,'' Pel. de Ch. 58 ; Un jor de Pasque,* 
 . . . Erec 27; Toz jorz serai mes vostre ancele/ ib. 4368; 
 
 * Ad after usque is found in Latin with reference to both 
 time and place: usque ad vesperum pugnatum est, Caesar 1, 
 50; usque ad castra hostium accessit, ib. 1, 51. 
 
 ''Cf. Al matinet . . . Esveilliez est li emper^dre Charles, 
 Roi. 2845; Et dit qu'il le convoiera Au matin quant il s'an 
 ira, Erec 1427. 
 
 •'Cf. Am se paiierent a eel jorn, Pass. 208; Co 6st en mai, 
 al premier jorn d'est^t, Roi. 2628; A un jor de Grece 
 s'esloingne, Clig. 2694; Au jor qui fu nomez et pris, ib. 
 4629; A la nuit de la cort s'an anble, ib. 6172. 
 
 ■^The preposition is often found with tozjorz, as: 
 
 A tot jors mais vos son penas livreias, Epoux 94. 
 
124 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 (together with the article) Un en aveie, cil fut ocis hier 
 seir,' Eol. 2745 ; Car hui matin vos vi plorer des oelz, ib. 
 3629. 
 
 A survival of the Latin eonstniction is seen in the fre- 
 quent expression of possession without the aid of the 
 prepositions a and de: 
 
 N"e vos chaille de Fanhatine Mon seignor Keu, le se- 
 neschal ! Ch. L. 132 ; Comant puis je demorer ci Et veoir 
 les choses ma dame, ib. 3534; Gauvains ai non, fiz le roi 
 Lot, ib. 6267. 
 
 The Indirect Object. 
 
 A substantive indirect object need not be preceded by 
 the preposition a: 
 
 L^arcevesque Turpin comandet seit conduiz, Pel. de 
 Ch. 202; Totes voz anmes otreit il paredis, Eol. 1855; 
 Toz premerains ?at dit I'emperedor, ib. 2424; si priet 
 damne Deu Que . . . ib. 2449 ; Puis li a fait jurer trea 
 bien Qu^il ne Tdira, por nule rien, Home ne feme qui seit 
 nez, Greg. 38-17; Et si grant enor li portassent, Et sa 
 dame tot einsimant. Con le suen cors demainnemant, 
 Erec 1866; Tot ont son oste presante, ib. 1892; Quant 
 Deu pleira, ib. 2758; Enide (indirect object) par le frain 
 le rant, ib. 4056 ; Des qu'il est mon seignor Gauvain, ib. 
 4073; ceste novele Sera ja mon seignor mout bele, ib. 
 4163; L^antret ont le roi aporte, ib. 4229; Ja a contee la 
 novele Le roi Artu, ib. 4578; Erec an pesa, ib. 6524; 
 An avoit fet don et seisine Le roi Artu, ib. 6731; Le sert 
 et porte grant enor, Con Fan doit feire son buen oste, Ch. 
 L. 5412. 
 
 VemTj when expressing motion toward, is regularly 
 followed by a, but occasionally this prepositional con- 
 struction is replaced by the dative pronoun : 
 
 * Such is, no doubt, the origin of the expressions hier soir 
 and hui matin for at least demain au soir occurs: Au mains 
 jusqu'a demain au soir, Ch. L. 1830, and hier au soir is 
 found later. 
 
The Preposition. 125 
 
 Devers nn gnalt uns granz leon li vient, Eol. 2549; 
 a esperun Liir vint poignant, Greg. 64-16 ; Erec lor vint 
 lance sor f autre, Erec 4443 ; Veez, comant il les antasse, 
 Come il lor vient, come il lor passe, Ch. L. 3217; Les 
 petiz e les granz, Yeir les enfanz Li sunt venu le jor, 
 Omnip. 93d. 
 
 When the idea is figurative the preposition is less fre- 
 quently used: 
 
 Ne vos puet venir enor maire, Greg. 67-10; Certes k 
 merveile me vient Coment la terre me sostient, ib. 79-5 ; 
 Granz biens vos an porra venir, Ch. L. 1316; Qu'a grant 
 mervoille chascun vient, Qui est cil, qui se contretient, 
 ib. 6203. 
 
 Demonstrative personal pronouns, and the pronoun 
 qui, may be used in the dative case without being pre- 
 ceded by a: 
 
 Qu^il doint Tenor de la bataille Celui qui por li se tra- 
 vaille, Erec 893; Cesti . . . Donrai je del blanc cerf 
 Tenor, ib. 1778; Demanda li, cui il estoit, ib. 3218. 
 
 The stressed form of the dative pronoun preceding the 
 verb is usually found without the preposition,' and even 
 when it follows the verb directly or is separated from it 
 by other words the preposition is not required : " 
 
 Eepaidret lui vigor et remembrance, Eol. 3614; Plai- 
 roit vos oir . . .? Auc. 39, 16. — N^estuet doter ne vos 
 ne lui^ Erec 5057; Moi plot et lui de Tautre part, ib. 
 6283 ; Qu'enor te feroie et moi honte, Clig. 4165. 
 
 •Examples of its use: 
 
 Plus haut seignor, qu'a moi n'afiert, Avrai au jor que ce 
 sera, Ch. L. 2130; N'a moi n'ataint n'a moi n'afiert. Que 
 . . . ib. 4808. 
 
 " Cf. Povretez f et mal as plusors Et autresi fet ele a moi, 
 Erec 510; II n'out point deservi Pur go semla a li Sun tur- 
 ment plus fort, Omnip. 82d. 
 
126 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Omission of a before Dependent Infinitives." 
 
 Ellipses of this sort are few : 
 
 Lors comancent gresles soner Et bnisines par tote Post, 
 Clig. 1476 ; Qui sa fame tolir li pause ^^ Et lui ocirre 
 sanz defanse, Erec 3433 ; Et s^il vos plest nn poi atandre, 
 ib. 1328; Mes totes voies Pesposa Li cuens, qu'einsi feire 
 li plot, ib. 4772 ; Se li pleiist a ce antandre, Clig. 454 ; 
 Plairoit vos oir nn son D^Ancassin nn franc baron . . . ? 
 Anc. 39, 16; Si com desanz Dieu prist loder, St. Leg. 
 182. 
 
 2. 2)e." 
 
 The preposition is required in the following passages : 
 
 Les rens issi corteisement, Greg. 61-10; S'aporta un 
 chapon an rost . . . Et (sc. de) vin, qui fu de buene 
 grape, Plain pot d^un blanc henap covert, Ch. L. 1048; 
 S^ot puis tote sa livreison Pain a plante et veneison, ib. 
 2885. 
 
 Rien meaning " at all " is less usual than de rien : 
 
 Que rien ne prise son dangler, Erec 816 ; Se vos amez 
 rien vostre cors, ib. 5795. 
 
 Adjectives following mie and rien are not preceded 
 by de: 
 
 "Ne rien n'i a egre n'amere, Clig. 3256; Ne li ofrez 
 mie avenanz, Ch. L. 4800. 
 
 Point, strengthening the negative, requires the prepo- 
 sition before the noun object. The use of the preposition 
 
 ^ On the other hand, the preposition is unnecessarily used. 
 Aimer mielz and estovoir regularly require no preposition, 
 but the infinitives depending on them are preceded by a in 
 the following examples: Encor ameroie je mix a morir, 
 Auc. 14, 12; Del mangier a purler n'estuet, Clig. 5038. Two 
 other examples of estovoir taking a are found in Godefroy. 
 
 " Penser may take either a or de. 
 
 " See the ellipsis of the preposition a. 
 
The Pbeposition. 127 
 
 with mie is more general in the earlier poems than in the 
 twelfth century. Examples of the omission of de in 
 such cases are: 
 
 Et cil poingnent tot maintenant, Que demoree n'i ot 
 point, Clig. 4840; Et les chevaus mie ne let, Erec 3076; 
 Qui sa dolor mie ne cele, ib. 4612; qu^il n^a mie tort, 
 Ch. L. 2200. 
 
 Before past participles which follow nouns expressed 
 or understood, the preposition is sometimes used, some- 
 times omitted: 
 
 Car Isembarz i est remes Od quarrante milliers 
 d^armes, Gorm. 516; De eels de France vint milie d^ado- 
 bez, Eol. 2777. — Deus ! tantes hanstes i at parmi brisie- 
 des, ib. 3386 ; Salmana e Zeb Ot cent milie armez At 
 Gedeon pris, Eeim. 47b. 
 
 With pres and loinz the dative pronoun is often used 
 in place of the prepositional construction : 
 
 Cist nos sont pr^s, mais trop nos est loinz Charles, 
 Eol. 1100. 
 
 Pres governing ci and iluec does not usually require 
 the preposition: 
 
 Sont ci pres an une gaudine, Erec 4004; Ci pres tro- 
 veras or androit un santier, Ch. L. 374; Qui soz Farbre 
 ierent iluec pres, Erec 3966. 
 
 An unusual ellipsis is found in the omission of the 
 preposition after pres governing a noun: 
 
 Dune s^adunevent li fellon, Yedeir alevent pres Jesum, 
 Pass. 171. 
 
 Milie seldom causes the noun it multiplies to be pre- 
 ceded by de, as it does in the following examples : 
 
 EnsembFod vos quinze milie de Frans, Eol. 3019 ; En- 
 sembPod els quinze milie de Frans, ib. 3196. 
 
128 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 8'aprochier regularly requires de or vers before the 
 person or place toward which motion is made. The prep- 
 osition is omitted in Erec 5894 : 
 
 Erec s'aproche cele part. 
 
 Through the omission of de, nouns sometimes assume 
 the role of adjectives : 
 
 ISr^out mantel hermin, Vair ne sabelin, Reim. 36d; 
 Puis m'afubla un cort mantel, Ver d'escarlate peonace, 
 Erec 232; Si soulevas ton train Et ton pelicon ermin, 
 Auc. 11, 23. 
 
 Pltis is used in the sense of the modern de plus: 
 
 que fereient il plus? Rol. 2812; Mar i avra cop feru 
 plus, Clig. 4966. 
 
 With Nouns and Adverbs of Quantity. 
 
 With most nouns and adverbs of quantity, de more 
 often precedes the noun to which they refer." Examples 
 of their use without the preposition follow : 
 
 Assez: Assez ont venaison de cerf et de sengler, Pel. 
 de Ch. 834 ; Jo vos donrai or et argent assez, Rol. 75 ; Ja 
 redoter ne li covient, Que assez terre ne li doingne, Ch. 
 L. 2506. 
 
 Mout, usually separated by the verb from the noun to 
 which it refers, is used without the preposition more 
 often than the other adverbs : 
 
 Mout avoit le jor conqueste Enor et joie et seignorage, 
 Erec 1310; Mout ot evesques et abez Au lit seignier et 
 benei'r, Clig. 3330; Deduit de bois et de riviere I ot 
 mout, qui le vest avoir, Ch. L. 2468. 
 
 Plus: Ainz a plus los de lui atandre, Clig. 4705; Ja 
 tant n^i porroiz reverchier . . . Que plus trovoiz ici 
 
 " ConHen, but little used in the earliest writings of Old 
 French when referring to nouns, requires the preposition: 
 ja ne savras Conoistre, conMen tu avras De proesce ne de 
 vertu, Clig. 2603. 
 
The Preposition. 129 
 
 estages, ib. 5580; Mes per ce ne fet mie a croire, Que vos 
 aiiez plus mal de moi, Ch. L. 3588. 
 
 PoV": Quant paiien vidrent que Franceis i out poi 
 . . . Eol. 1940; Car n'i avoit mie po jant, Erec 5125; 
 Mout ot biaute et po savoir, Clig. 2772. 
 
 Tant: Tant cos d'espee et de lance Avoit sor son escu 
 eiiz . . . Erec 3976; Tant i ot Greus et tant Tiois. . . . 
 Clig. 2704; Que tant fera conjuremanz Et poisons et 
 anchantemanz . . . ib. 3197. 
 
 Trop, The omission with trop is rather rare : 
 go dist li reis: "Trop avez maltalent/' Eol. 288; Ce 
 m'est avis, trop i a letre, Clig. 1412. 
 
 The definite article sometimes accompanies the preposition 
 used with the nouns and adverbs of quantity — particularly 
 assez — and with grant masse, as well when there is no 
 qualifying adjunct as when one is used: 
 
 Assez i at de la gent paienor, Rol. 2694; Cll uit eschape- 
 rent, Qui puis engendrerent Assez des enfanz, Reim. 26a; Et 
 des autres barons assez I ot avuec aus amassez, Erec 319; 
 Chascuns del sane grant masse i pert, ib. 970; Des barons 
 i ot, ce me sanble, Avuec aus grant masse venuz, ib. 1092; 
 Mes des rois i ot ancor plus, ib. 1964; Ancor i at assez del 
 jor, ib. 4016. 
 
 De occasionally occurs after a general negation, like 
 the modem partitive article : 
 
 S^an moi n' avoit de hardemant . . . Erec 5856. 
 
 3. En. 
 
 Croire Deu seems to have existed beside croire en Deu: 
 Li reis creit Deu, faire voelt son servise, Rol. 3666. 
 
 " Petit in the sense of poi regularly requires the preposi- 
 tion: 
 
 Car de Franceis i at assez petit, Rol. 1239; se Dex m'otreie 
 Que un sol petit de sens aie, Gr6g. 81-11 ; Que grant bien vos 
 fera, ce pans, Anuit un petit de repos, Erec 5118. 
 9 
 
130 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Compare the following Old Provengal passage: 
 
 Bos cristias, qui ere perf eita ment Deu la patema . . . 
 Et en Ihesu, Appel, p. 149, 1. 150. 
 
 4. 0. 
 
 Ensemble requires o before its object; it is omitted in 
 the following : 
 
 Et li vaslet les chevans tindrent Qui ansanble Tescniier 
 vindrent, Erec 3167; An un autre lit jut delez Enide 
 ansanble la reine, ib. 4276. 
 
 5. Par, 
 
 One does not often meet with the omission of the 
 preposition par; possible examples are : 
 
 Qo^st sa mercit quMl nos consent Fhonor/* St. Alex. 
 73c; (sc. Par) Cez degrez de la sale vint al palais errant, 
 Set milie chevaliers i troverent seanz, Pel. de Ch. 335 ; Et 
 fist trois seiremanz antiers (sc. par) L'ame Uterpan- 
 dragon son pere Et la son fil et la sa mere, Ch. L. 662. 
 
 Par foi, for par ma foi, is further shortened to the 
 simple foi: 
 
 Foi que je doi Deu et ses sainz, Mout a anviz la leisse- 
 roie ! Ch. L. 2530. 
 
 Old French usage does not require the preposition in the 
 following cases, contrary to expectations: 
 
 Tornez ariere les chemins, Gorm. 442; Fuiant s'en turnent 
 les chemins, ib. 449; Tornez ariere les estrees, ib. 492; par 
 grant vertut chevalchent Cez veies longes et cez chemins 
 mout larges, Rol. 2851; Charles chevalchet et les vals et les 
 monz, ib. 3695; Chevauchi§ ont des le matin Jusqu'au vespre 
 le droit chemin, Erec 5367. 
 
 " Compare examples of the use of the preposition : 
 
 Ainz preiet Deu qued il le lor pardoinst Par sa mercit, 
 
 quer ne sevent que font, St. Alex. 54d; Rent li la chartre 
 
 par la toe mercit, ib. 74c. 
 
The Preposition. 131 
 
 6. For. 
 
 Either 'por or devant — probably the former — is omitted 
 in Clig. 3848 : 
 
 A ce me sanble que je voie Les chiens foir devant le 
 lievre Et la tortre chacier le bievre . . . Einsi fuit li 
 vilains sa megle . . . Einsi fnit li faucons por Pane Et 
 li girfauz por le heiron, etc. 
 
 Before savoir, the omission of por is sometimes found : 
 
 Comencerent a apeler, Saver se il encore vesquist, 
 Greg. 104-24; Des or mes aler m'an covient Veoir les 
 janz, qui leanz sont, Savoir, quel chiere il me f assent, 
 Ch. L. 5342. 
 
 Que in the Sense of " Why.'' 
 The use of qiie in the sense of " why '' seems to be due 
 to the ellipsis of por." Introducing a question stated 
 
 " Tobler, V. B. 3, 37, refers it to the Latin use of quid. 
 
 R. Ritchie, p. 73, says that the exclamatory que is used 
 but little except after the interjections Deus! and Ids! and 
 that the following clause adds the reason for the call upon 
 God and for the exclamation las! — thus giving que the 
 meaning of "because" (je suis las parce que . . .). This 
 theory encounters serious objections. Firstly, it is Impos- 
 sible that que has this meaning in several cases in which 
 no interjection precedes, but in which the latter fact seems 
 to be his only reason for supposing this word not to be 
 exclamatory, and which may consequently be considered as 
 the same que: see Clig. 6136, Gr§g. 105-20, Erec 4656, Omnip. 
 85a, below. Secondly, in all the examples which he cites, 
 the idea of the exclamatory " why " is as plausible as that 
 of " because," particularly as por que sometimes actually 
 occurs in Old French after the interjection, as in Pass. 316, 
 below, and even when the verb is negative, as in Gr6g. 79-11, 
 below — which, according to Dr. Ritchie, is generally the 
 case after the exclamatory que — while in certain other 
 cases que stands for a preceding por que, as in Ch. L. 1227 
 and ib. 3547, below. It is also important that por que in 
 the other examples cited below is as exclamatory as the 
 que to which reference has been made, and might easily 
 have replaced it in these instances. 
 
132 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 emphatically/' which borders on an exclamation, the 
 preposition bears no emphasis, for que is the principal 
 word of the expression." The loss of the preposition is 
 then of small wonder. 
 
 Lasse! que n^ai nn home qui m^ocidet! Eol. 2723; 
 Dens! que ne sont li cors si pres, Que . . . Clig. 4514; 
 "Morz/^ fet chascune, "reangon De ma dame que ne 
 preis?'' ib. 6136. 
 
 That this use of que originated in the omission of the 
 preposition seems probable on examination of cases in 
 which the idea is expressed by por with que, but repeated 
 by que alone: 
 
 Por qu^ies vers moi acoardie. Quant vers mon seignor 
 fus hardie? Chose vainne, chose faillie, Que ne t'ai or 
 an ma baillie ! Que ne te puis ore tenir ! Ch. L. 1227 ; 
 Por quoi m^espamg? que ne me tu? ib. 3547. 
 
 Por que, even when expressing some emotion, is used 
 not only in sentences in which the verb is affirmative, as 
 in the above examples — and this in the earliest of Old 
 French, as: 
 
 Por quei-m tradis en ton baisuol? Pass. 150; Heli, 
 heli, por quei-m werpis! ib. 316; Filz Alexis, por quei 
 t^portat ta medre ? St. Alex. 27a — 
 
 but also when the sentence is negative : 
 
 Hai ! Dex, por quei ne me donas Que je morusse, en 
 elle pas Que fu batizee et levee, Greg. 79-11. 
 
 While que meaning "why^^ usually occurred nega- 
 tively, it is not confined to the negative use : 
 
 "Particularly so in: EI reis amis, que vos id nen estes! 
 Rol. 1697. 
 
 "No longer object of the preposition, que does not develop 
 into quoi; compare its use in such sentences as. Que dites- 
 vous? and the exclamatory use of que: Que je vous plains, 
 Madame! Iphigenie, act 2, scene 1. The absence of pas to- 
 day in sentences introduced by que ne is manifestly not due 
 to ellipsis. 
 
The Preposition. 133 
 
 E quel m^eschavissez ensi? Greg. 105-20; Morz que 
 demore et que atant . . . ? Erec 4656; A tele mort le 
 jugerent E go li agarderent (Ke volez lunge cunte?) . . . 
 Omnip. 85a ; A las ! ke sui vive . . . ! ib. 108b. 
 
 Thus por que may be used in every case in which this 
 que occurs. If, then, this que is a survival of Latin usage, 
 there is no apparent reason for vrhich it is so nearly uni- 
 versally — especially in the earliest period — confined to 
 sentences in which the exclamatory or the emotional idea 
 predominates, whereas it is in precisely such sentences 
 that the preposition woidd be omitted. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE PREPOSITION. 
 
 The non-repetition of the preposition is unusual ex- 
 cept when accompanied by that of some other word. 
 
 IWhen two or more infinitives having a common ob- 
 ject are governed by the same preposition, the object is 
 ordinarily placed between the preposition and the first 
 infinitive without repeating either before the second 
 infinitive : 
 
 Por lui deduire et deporter, Erec 3947 ; Por aus con- 
 duire et convoiier, ib. 4297; Granz vitance est de cheva- 
 lier Nu desvestir et puis liier Et batre si vilainnemant, 
 ib. 4413; Por la joie croistre et monter, ib. 6330; qui ne 
 repose De poisons feire et atanprer, Clig. 3248; Mes la 
 parole leissent tuit De lui loer et losangier, ib. 5024. 
 
 All other examples of the non-repetition of the prepo- 
 sition, which have been found, follow : 
 
 A. 
 
 Par molt chieres peintures a bestes et serpenz,^ A 
 totes creatures et a oisels volanz, Pel. de Ch. 345 ; Sante 
 
 " It would have been more in accordance with Old French 
 usage if the editor had not suppressed the preposition be- 
 fore serpenz, which is expressed in the diplomatic text. This 
 is also true concerning the repetition of the preposition de 
 in P61. de Ch. 224, 265, 706. 
 
134 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 li doint sainz esperiz, A la jantil dame et la sage, Clig. 
 5660 (here the repetition of the preposition would be 
 expected since the article is repeated). 
 
 Before a dependent infinitive : 
 
 Tei covenist helme e bronie a porter, Espede ceindre 
 come tui altre per, St. Alex. 83a; Por go le juz a pendre 
 et a morir, Et son cors metre el champ por les mastins, 
 Eol. 3831 ; Tant a a dire et a retreire An chascune chose 
 portreire, Clig. 833 ; Le me covandra il a feire Et guerpir 
 tot le mien afeire, ib. 5511 ; Cele se test ne ne lor viee 
 Sa char a batre ne manmetre, ib. 6014; Et il lor comande 
 a ovrir Les mantiaus et les chies lever, Ch. L. 3968. 
 
 Ayres, 
 
 Apres le travail et la painne Que ele avoit le jor eii, 
 Ch. L. 4894. 
 
 Avers, 
 
 les flors des margerites . . . estoient droites noires 
 avers ses pies et ses ganbes, Auc. 12, 25. 
 
 De, 
 
 De pain et vin sanctifiet. Pass. 97 ; Mais que de Sara- 
 zins et paiens nos guardez,"^ Pel. de Ch. 224; Troevent 
 vergiers plantez de pins et loriers blans,^ ib. 265 ; Sages 
 fu et membrez et pleins de mal et viz, ib. 438 ; Portendue 
 est trestote de palies et cortines,""" ib. 706; Que me re- 
 membre de sa dolor et ire, Qo^st de Basan et son fredre 
 Basilic, Rol. 489; E neporquant ne li defuit Ne de sa 
 boche ne son desduit, Greg. 8-13; La tierce oevre fu de 
 musique, A cui toz li deduiz s'acorde, Chanz et deschanz, 
 et sons de corde, De harpe, de rote et viele, Erec 6770; 
 De quanque ele les requiert, Et quanque fu et quanque 
 iert, Li font certainnement savoir, ib. 6787; De bien 
 faire et bien dire chascune s^aparoille, Evangile anx 
 Femmes (Constans^ Ohrest., p. Ill, 1. 26). 
 
The Preposition. 135 
 
 Delez. 
 
 Li un delez le bois se tindrent, Li autre la riviere vin- 
 drent, Clig. 1735. 
 
 En, 
 
 En une feit, une vertet Tuit soi fedeil deivent ester; 
 Li sues regnez non est devis, En charitet toz est nniz, 
 Pass. 273; K^en charnel delit Metent trop lur quer, En 
 beivre e en manger, En trop reposer, E swef dras afnbler, 
 Omnip. 62b. 
 
 Entre, 
 
 Because of its meaning, entre is naturally not required 
 before the second object : 
 
 Antre cez diz et cez tangons Revint Erec de pasmei- 
 sons, Erec 4853. 
 
 0. 
 
 grant processiun E joie e changun, Omnip. 92a; 
 Od noise e grant cri, ib. 96d; so ib. 102f. 
 
 In the following quotation it is uncertain whether the 
 ellipsis is that of the preposition or of the verb : 
 
 Montet li reis od ses homes trestoz, Et Bramimonde, 
 qu^il meinet en sa prison, Rol. 3679. 
 
 Par. 
 
 se je li pooie dire, par quoi il ne s^aperceiisgent, et 
 qu^ele s'en gardast, Auc. 14, 30. 
 
 In the expression par un et un the preposition is not 
 repeated : 
 
 A mon seignor Gauvain s'acointe Et as autres par un 
 et un, Clig. 394; Ses ancontre par un et un, ib. 3722. 
 
136 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 For. 
 
 Pro Deu anrnr et pro diristian poblo et nostro com- 
 mun salvament, Serments Strasb. 1; Ne por or ned ar- 
 gent ne paremenz, Por menace reiiel ne preiement, Ste. 
 Eul. 7. 
 
 The other examples are of the non-repetition of por 
 before a second infinitive: 
 
 Por orellier et escouter . . . Erec 133 ; Ne vos ai rien 
 dit par orguel, Mes por savoir et esprover . . . ib. 3368 ; 
 Et comanda une esche esprandre, Por alumer et clarte 
 feire, ib. 5129; Especes i met a foison Por adoucir et 
 atanprer, Clig. 3252 ; Ke quistrent nostre sire Nent sule- 
 ment pur occire . . . Mes crucifier Pur lungement pener, 
 Omnip. 83d. 
 
 8anz, 
 
 Sanz cupe e resun E sanz nul' achesun Fu il mis i 
 mort, Omnip. 81a. 
 
CHAPTEE IX. 
 
 The Conjunction. 
 
 The simple ellipsis of the conjunction *' is limited to 
 the omission of et, que and se. 
 
 Et 
 
 Not only when connecting clauses, but also when con- 
 • necting words and phrases, the conjunction e^ is found 
 omitted in Old French. The rhetorical value of its 
 omission may be the cause in certain cases : 
 
 A fou a flamme vait ardant, St. Leg. 133; A grant 
 furor, a grant flaiel. Si I'recomandet Lodebert, ib. 193 ; 
 Ad encensiers, ad ories chandelabres . . . Metent le cors 
 enz el sarcou de marbre, St. Alex. 117a; Vont sei entre- 
 baisier, noveles demander. Pel. de Ch. 147 ; Si longement 
 toz tens m'avez servit. Ad oes Charlon si granz pais con- 
 quis! Kol. 1858; Tolez les seles, les freins qu^il ont es 
 chies, ib. 2485 ; Quant il fu tiels qu'il puet aprendre, A 
 ses letres un poi atendre, Greg. 41-5; Li peeheres qui 
 povres fu, Qui les X mars aveit ^u . . . ib. 42-5; Si li 
 aporte isnelement Les tables qu'il ot gardees Qui el ber- 
 suel furent trovees, ib. 49-16; Sachez que je sui ci pe- 
 chables Dont Festoire est escrite es tables, Dont oissez 
 merveiles e duel, ib. 77-23; (Pria) Que Dex Ten rendist 
 guerredon, Consente le en sa maison, ib. 86-3; Noe, ses 
 treis fiz. Quant vint li periz. Volt deus retenir. Lor quatre 
 moilliers, Eeim. 24a; Or fait um gardins, Vingnes e 
 molins, Granz palais, granz tors, ib. 88a; Enide ot la 
 noise et le bruit De lor armes, de lor chevaus, Erec 3548. 
 
 ^» The conjunction ne need not precede the first of a series 
 of objects or predicate words following a negative verb: 
 
 N'odrat de nos paroles ne novdles, Rol. 55; N'i perdrat 
 Charles . . . palefreit ne destrier, ib. 755 (cf. Ne n'i perdrat 
 ne roncin ne somier, ib. 758) ; Qu'il n'est onbrages ne restis, 
 Erec 1397; Qui n'estoient fausses ne faintes, Ch. L. 4388. 
 
138 Ellipsis m Old French. 
 
 Que.''' 
 
 The conjunction que is unnecessary in Old French 
 under nearly all circumstances. 
 Introducing an object clause : 
 
 Isembarz veit n^i metra fin, Gorm. 450; L^arcevesque 
 Turpin comandet seit conduiz . . . Pel. de Ch. 202 ; ne 
 puis laissier nel die, ib. 683 ; Or set li coens Bernarz, lui 
 estoet comencier, ib. 771 ; ne poet muder n^en plort, Eol. 
 825; Marsilion de meie part nonciez Contre Franceis li 
 sui venuz aidier, ib. 2674; Mes je criem bien, ne vos 
 enuit, Erec 2543 ; Gardez ja n'an parlez a moi, ib. 2772 ; 
 Je quid, dix le veut avoir, Auc. 25, 5. 
 
 Introducing a clause explanatory of a preceding word, 
 expressed or understood : 
 
 Mielz te furet non fusses nez, Pass. 151; Qo fut loncs 
 temps od sei lo tint, St. Leg. 28 ; Qo li preiet laissast lo 
 tot, ib. 106; Qo Pdemonstrat amis li fust, ib. 112; Ploiist 
 al rei de gloire, de sainte maiestet, Charlemaignes, mis 
 sire, Toiist ore achetet, Pel. de Ch. 450; Merveile est de 
 duel n^enrage, Greg. 28-2. 
 
 Introducing a clause modifying an adjective: 
 
 Por la vestre amistet prez sui la meie port. Pel. de Ch. 
 806; Se li reis voelt, prez sui por vos le face, Eol. 316. 
 
 Introducing a clause (1) after si: 
 
 De nos pechiez somes si avoglet. La dreite vide nos 
 font tresoblider, St. Alex. 124c; Ad icest mot si s^esbal- 
 dissent Franc, Cel n^en i at Monjoie ne demant, Eol. 
 1481. 
 
 (2) after tant: 
 
 Tant Fas celet molt i as grant pechiet, St. Alex. 64e ; 
 Tant sui jo plus dolenz, Ne puis a vos tenir lone parle- 
 ment, Eol. 2835. 
 
 ^^^ See Ritchie, p. 128 ff. 
 
The Conjunction. 139 
 
 (3) after tel: 
 
 De Sarrazins vedrat tel discipline, Centre nn des noz 
 en troverat morz qninze, Eol. 1929; De Durendal li 
 donat nn colp tel Le destre poing li at del cors sevret, ib. 
 2780. 
 
 (4) after a general negation: 
 
 Qu'il ne vienent a eve, n'en partissent li guet, Ne n'en- 
 contrent avogle, ne seit renluminez, Pel. de Ch. 256; 
 Nul leu n'avoit tornoiemant Nes i anvoiast richemant 
 Aparelliez et atornez, Erec 2453. 
 
 Que is not usually employed with the third person of 
 the present subjunctive used imperatively : 
 
 Pregnet li reis sa fille, Pel. de Ch. 486; La soit, Clig. 
 4520. 
 
 Introducing the second clause of comparison: 
 
 Et la luors de sa biaute Eant el pales plus grant clarte, 
 Ne feissent quatre escharboncle, Clig. 2749. 
 
 Introducing a clause of purpose : 
 
 Or guart chascuns que granz cols i empleit, Male chan- 
 gon ja chantede n'en seit, Eol. 1013. 
 
 The conjunction is unnecessary in indirect discourse — 
 e. g., Qo li preiet laissast lo tot, St. Leg. 28. Tobler* 
 shows that both its use and its omission are found in 
 direct discourse, and cites, among others, the example, 
 
 Et li unt di(s)t: Joseph, de fi, Sire, nous te crions 
 merci. Quant Joseph a ce entendu, Mout liez et mout 
 joianz en fu Et dist que " ce n'est pas a moi, Meis au 
 seigneur en cui je croi,^^ S. Graal 2321. 
 
 Ainz is not frequently used for the temporal conjunc- 
 tion ainz que: 
 
 Mes por ce, que nos ne veimes Ma dame, ainz fustes 
 vos levez, Ch. L. 84. 
 
 «V. B. 1, 216 ff (article 39). 
 
140 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 After a poi, por poi, the conjunction is often omitted : 
 
 A poi le cuer ne li part d^ire, Greg. 12-14; Que por 
 po ne li fant par mi Li cuers, Ch. L. 408. 
 
 Both fors and fors que ' are used in the same sense : 
 
 Eien ne pueent veoir mi oel Fors une chose qui me 
 pleise, Clig. 5424 ; II n'avoit nul oir, ne fil ne fille, fors 
 un seul vallet, Auc. 2, 8 ; Ne nus ne s^i porroit fier Fors 
 moi, Ch. L. 352. 
 
 Que may be suppressed in ne mais que: 
 
 E dist Ernouz : " Estez mei ci, Meie ert la terre e li 
 pais, Que nen suleie hume servir Ne mais sul Deu qui ne 
 menti, E Fempereur Loevis, Gorm. 174. 
 
 Por ce is not usual for por ce que: 
 
 Que puis ne puissent, par nul plait, De lor pech^ merci 
 crier, Por ce n^ont cure d^amender, Greg. 2-16. 
 
 Que ne — " unless '^ — may be expressed by ne alone : 
 
 Ja ne morreit en estrange regnet Ne trespassast ses 
 homes et ses pers, Eol. 2864. 
 
 Se, 
 
 Omission of the conjunction se: 
 
 Ne Fconoisseie plus qu'onques ne Fvedisse, St. Alex. 
 87e; Au roi an ala congie prandre Que a sa cort, ne li 
 grevast, Ses noces f eire li leissast, Erec 1920 ; Aussi come 
 por soheidier Seroit feite ceste besoingne, Clig. 5446. 
 
 non-repetition of the conjunction. 
 The non-repetition of the conjunction is not an un- 
 usual ellipsis. Some conjunctions are more often not 
 repeated than otherwise; such are come, des que, quant, 
 que que and se (si) meaning " and '^ and " if.'' 
 
 •EJxamples of the use of fors que: 
 
 Que nus ne le sot fors que nos, Erec 6287; Ne de lui ne 
 veomes rien Fors que les esperons tranchiez, Ch. L. 1124; 
 Et je n'oi consoil ne aie Fors que moi sole, ib. 3676. 
 
The Conjunction. 141 
 
 Come, 
 
 Oil com sonent et boglent et tonent ensement Com 
 tabors o toneires o granz cloche qui pent. Pel. de Ch. 
 358; Cliges ot que cil le leidange Come fos et mal afei- 
 tiez, Clig. 3492; Puis Fanbraga parmi les flans Li rois 
 come jantis et frans, Ch. L. 2385. 
 
 Des qwe. 
 
 " Keus/^ f et li rois, " des qu'il vos plest Et devant toz 
 Tavez rovee . . '^ Ch. L. 2236; Car des que il le tint as 
 mains Et il furent seul per a per, W\ ot neant de I'es- 
 chaper, ib. 3282; Mes or iert mes sire Yvains fos, Des 
 qu'il li a tome le dos, Et voit le col nu a delivre, Se 
 longuemant le leisse vivre, ib. 5649. 
 
 Entreusque, 
 
 Entreusque Aucassins estoit en le canbre, et il regre- 
 toit Nicolete s^amie, li quens Bougars de Valence . . . 
 ne s'oblia mie, Auc. 8, 1. 
 
 Et 
 
 Though not rare, the non-repetition of et is found less 
 than might be judged from the frequent occurrence of 
 its simple omission: 
 
 Et benediet Charlon et Prance dolce, Son conpaignon 
 Rollant desor toz homes, Rol. 2017; Et bien savoit qu'il 
 seroit rois Et ele mei'sme enoree Riche reine coronee, 
 Erec 688; Tant se sont martele les danz Et les joies et 
 les nasez Et poinz et braz et plus assez, Tanples et hate- 
 riaus et cos. Que . . . ib. 5974; Toz jorz doit puir li 
 fumiers Et taons poindre et maloz bruire, Enuieus 
 enuiier et nuire, Ch. L. 116. 
 
 Jusqu'a tant que, 
 
 Mes por neant vos esmaiiez Jusqu'a tant que veil aiiez 
 Que mes escuz iert depeciez Et je dedanz le cors bleciez, 
 Et vos verroiz covrir de sane Les mailles de mon hauberc 
 blanc, Erec 5839 (notwithstanding the change in mood 
 from subjunctive — miez — to indicative — verroiz) . 
 
142 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Ne. 
 
 Ne por or ned argent ne paremenz, For menace reiiel 
 ne preiement, Ste. Enl. 7; Ne Tamerai a trestot mon 
 vivant, Ne Olivier, por go qu^est ses compaing, Les doze 
 pers, por go qn^il Faiment tant, Eol. 284 ; N^avoit chastel, 
 vile ne tor, Ke meison fort ne abeie, Ospital ne herberge- 
 rie, Erec 3138. 
 
 Quant. 
 
 Quant jo serai en la bataille grant, Et jo ferrai et mil 
 cols et set cenz, De Durendal vedrez Tacier sanglent, Eol. 
 1077; Se je m^an vois, je revandrai Quant Deu pleira 
 et je porrai, Erec 2757; Quant de Bretaigne revenoient 
 Et lor seignor an amenoient, Clig. 2411 ; Quant mes mois 
 sera conplis, Et je serai bien garis, Auc. 29, 9. 
 
 Que." 
 
 Quer toit en ont lor voiz si atempredes Que toit le 
 plainstrent et toit le doloserent, St. Alex. 119c; Mande 
 que a lui parler vaingne Ne ses traitors ne retaingne, 
 Clig. 1365; S^est droiz qu^an reverance Pet Et mout le 
 crieme et mout Penort, ib. 3890. 
 
 In faire que sages, etc., the adverbial conjunction que ° 
 need not be repeated: 
 
 Que fel fesoie et desleaus Et traitres et forsenez, Eree 
 3650. 
 
 Que que. 
 
 Que que il son conte contoit, Et la reine Tescoutoit, Si 
 s'est de lez le roi levee, Ch. L. 61. 
 
 * On the other hand, que is in many instances incorrectly 
 repeated (see Ritchie, p. 169) : 
 
 Et sachiez bien certainnemant. Que se vos ne m'i anvoiiez 
 Et le don ne m'an otroiiez, Que j'irai sanz vostre congi6, 
 Clig. 4262; Garins lor avoit comand6 que, se il le pooient 
 prendre, qu'il I'ocesissent, Auc. 14, 25. 
 
 ^ See above, pp. 109-111. 
 
The Conjunction. 143 
 
 Se {Si). 
 
 (1) Meaning ^^ if ^^: 
 
 Et sachiez bien certainnemant, Que se vos ne m'i an- 
 voiiez Et le don ne m'an otroiiez . . . Clig. 4262; il n'a 
 mie tort, Se il se prise et il se vante, Ch. L. 2200 ; Se tu 
 ton lion ne chasties Et tu nel fes an pes ester . . . ib. 
 4460. 
 
 (2) Meaning '' and '' : 
 
 Si recevrez la lei de chrestiiens, Serez ses horn par 
 honor et par bien, Eol. 38 ; Si recevrai la chrestiiene lei, 
 Serai ses horn par amor et par feit, ib. 85. 
 
 (3) Meaning "whether,^^ the repetition is more cus- 
 tomary : 
 
 car me mostres De qui ce fu, ce vos sav^s, Qu'il fu, 
 que devint ou verti ; Se il fu mors ou il gari, Greg. 51-3 ; 
 !N"e siet se mors fu o vesqui, ib. 112-18. 
 
 The ellipsis is more striking when the subject pronoun 
 is repeated, as in Ch. L. 2200, ib. 4460 and Greg. 51-3, 
 above. 
 
 Tant que. 
 
 La chace mout longuemant dure Tant que cil, qui 
 fuient, estanchent Et cil, qui chacent, les detranchent, 
 Ch. L. 3264; Cele part a esperone, Tant qu'ele aproche 
 vers un pont Et vit . . . ib. 4876 ; Et ele de Perrer s^es- 
 ploite Vers le chastel la voie droite, Tant qu^ele i vint et 
 demanda . . . ib. 4939. 
 
 Conjunctions Eeplaced by que!" 
 
 In the early language, que is very rarely substituted 
 for the repeated conjunction, as is so usual in Modern 
 French; but, in the case of a compound conjunction, as 
 
 " See Hirschberg, p. 41, and Ritchie, p. 164 ff. 
 
144 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 por ce que, tant qiie,^ que alone more often precedes the 
 second clause. 
 
 Por ce que, 
 
 Et mes sire Yvains an anvoie Devant la rote nn es- 
 cuiier, Qui portoit un faucon gruiier, Por ce, que il ne 
 sospreissent La dame, et que ses janz feissent Contre le 
 roi les rues beles, Ch. L. 2314. 
 
 Se, 
 
 Se ici n^eiist fors que toi, Que sens fusses et sanz aie. 
 Mar fust feite ceste anvaie, Erec 5035. 
 
 ^ See the non-repetition of the adverb tant, p. 119. 
 
CHAPTEE X. 
 The Phrase. 
 
 Omissions of groups of words of which the principal 
 interest of the ellipsis lies in one word, while the omis- 
 sion of the others necessarily follows, have been treated 
 in the chapter under which this word falls. But when 
 the importance of the ellipsis consists in the omission of 
 all the words equally — as de tens, d'ore in Quant les ot 
 o'iz une piece , Ch. L. 6366 — it is discussed in the present 
 chapter. 
 
 Au is often omitted in the expression au plus tost 
 qu'il pot:^ 
 
 S'an est issnz plus tost quMl pot, Erec 3701 ; Plus tost 
 qu'il pot au mur se prant, ib. 6482; Eevenu sont plus 
 tost qu'il porent, Clig. 4615; A I'avesprer plus tost qu'il 
 pot Est repeiriez a son repeire, ib. 4812. 
 
 Similarly, it is omitted in the following: 
 
 Que plus lieemant se contint Qu'ele pot, Erec 2683. 
 
 Au may be omitted with mien escient : ' 
 
 Por ce mien esciant cuit gie, Que . . . Ch. L. 1771; 
 Je quier ce, que je ne vi onques, Mien esciant, ne ne 
 conui, ib. 4902. 
 
 De cheminer, de chevauchier, de dire are the phrases 
 most often omitted depending on the verb finer:* 
 
 An une forest autre sont, Jusque vers prime ne 
 finerent. Par la forest tant cheminerent . . . Erec 
 
 *Cf. Qu'au plus tost qu'il porra retort, Erec 2285; De la 
 tor se sont aprochi§ Au plus tost que il onques porent, Clig. 
 6218. 
 
 *Cf. Come onques au mien esciant Chevaliers sor sele ne 
 sist, Qui . . . Ch. L. 1290. 
 
 *Cf. Ainz ne fina de cheminer Tant que il vint an une 
 plainne, Erec 3936. 
 10 
 
146 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 4308; Et dient tnit, qn^onques ne finent: ^^Deus saut 
 celui . . /^ ib. 6374; Li dui anpereor clieminent, Jusque 
 outre Eeneborc ne finent^ Clig. 3395. 
 De (sa) color: 
 
 Cum aviez la face clere La chiere bele e culuree, Cum 
 Tavez ja teinte e muee ! Gorm. 481 ; Si est forment muee 
 e teinte, Greg. 10-18 ; An sa color ses mans apert, Car 
 mout est palie et changiee, Clig. 4354.* 
 
 De nature: 
 
 Encore fist li enemis . . . Greg. 3-13; E le frere li 
 enemis De sa seror si fort mespris . . . ib. 8-1 ; Done fu 
 joios li enemis, ib. 9-21." 
 
 D'ore, de tens is often left to be understood : * 
 
 Et or sai bien n'avons guaires a vivre, Rol. 1923 ; Trop 
 a mis a li atomer, Erec 2669 ; eingois grant piece qn'il 
 fust jorz . . . Clig. 1804; Quant li rois esgardez les ot 
 Une piece . . . ib. 4951; C'est granz diaus, que po a 
 vescu, Ch. L. 2095; S^un po eiissiez plus est6 . . . ib. 
 4406; Sire, il avint mout grant pieg'a Que . . . ib. 
 5256. 
 
 After comparisons, phrases — such as de lui, d'els, 
 etc. — ^may remain unexpressed : 
 
 Un almagor i at de Moriane: W2A, plus felon en la 
 terre d^Espaigne, Eol. 909 ; De plus felons n'odrez parler 
 jamais, ib. 3248. 
 
 Many other phrases, introduced by the preposition de, 
 axe omitted in Old French, of which a few examples 
 follow : 
 
 *Thus cTiangier and muer are regularly employed in 
 speaking of one's appearance, and refer to the color, as: 
 
 La face . . . fu tote mu6e e perrie De sa color, Gr6g. 5-23; 
 E vit la dame neire e teinte ... Or estes ja tote mu6e 
 E pale e decolor^e, ib. 74-16 to 75-7. 
 
 ■^Cf. E li enemis de nature, Gr6g. 8-17. 
 
 •Of. Un petit d'ore sont arm6, Gr6g. 59-11; D6s iluec n'ot 
 qu'un poi de tens, lb. 68-3; Or m*a an po d'ore abeissiee, 
 Erec 2784; and Modern French pidga, avant peu^ sous pett, 
 un peu. See Tobler, V. B. 2, 1 (article 1). 
 
The Phrase. 147 
 
 En sun puign tint le brand d'acier, Tuz fut sanglenz 
 e enochies, (sc. del sane) De Sarrazins envermeillies, 
 Gorm. 338; Qu^il ne la trovera pas vuide (sc. de def- 
 fanse), Ainz li iert mout bien deffandue, Se cele ne li 
 est randue, Clig. 2868; Que avuec moi ne avuec li N"e 
 remest nus; ce m^abeli, Que plus (sc. de janz) n^i queroie 
 veoir, Ch. L. 234; Ja ainz ne passeroit quinzainne (sc. 
 de jorz), ib. 666; Si que il i vandra la voille (sc. (de) la 
 feste ') Mon seignor saint Jehan Batiste, ib. 668. 
 
 D''aus is usually omitted in U uns V autre : 
 
 Si het li uns Fautre de mort, Ch. L. 6066. 
 
 Por savoir is sometimes understood : 
 
 Mais qui I'avrat, sort ont gitet, Pass. 270; S'il en fu 
 lez, n^estuet pas querre, Greg. 63-4; Lors a an son cuer 
 remir6 Qui cil estoit et de queus mors, Clig. 888; Li 
 traitor sont a consoil, Qu^il porront feire et devenir, ib. 
 1648; se painnent Comant il lor facent savoir Ce don 
 porront grant joie avoir, ib. 2148; Mes a sa dame le 
 diroit, S^il an puet le congi^ avoir, Ch. L. 2542. 
 
 Phrases introduced by que are not infrequently 
 omitted : 
 
 Nos les aemplirons, ne poet remaneir mie (sc. que nel 
 facions), Pel. de Ch. 690; Si ne mengai ne ne hue, trois 
 jors a passes (sc. que ne Tai fait), Auc. 24, 51; Qu^il 
 iroit veoir la fontainne, Ja ainz (sc. qu'il le feist) ne 
 passeroit quinzainne, Ch. L. 665; Je desgandi; il n^i ot 
 el (sc. que poisse feire) Que mestier avoie d^ostel, ib. 203. 
 
 Qv^ Followed by an Infinitive. 
 
 The use of que with an infinitive appears elliptical, as 
 in the following examples : 
 
 Quant aler dei, n^i ai plus que targier, Eol. 338; Apres 
 n'i ot que demorer, Greg. 30-3 ; Quant el mantel n^ot rien 
 que feire, Erec 1631 ; Miauz qu^eles pueent s'antremetent 
 
 ^ See ellipsis of the noun feste, p. 44, above. 
 
148 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 De li an tel guise atorner Qu'an n'i truisse rien qu'aman- 
 der, ib. 1662; Or ne li set que reprochier, ib. 5138; An 
 eles n^ot que anseignier, ib. 5224; Dame, que dire? que 
 teisir? Clig. 4308; N^avons ore plus que feire, ib. 5651; 
 De ce n'as tu que f aire, Auc. 2, 32 ; De ce n'eiist Aucas- 
 sins vos ^x que faire, ib. 4, 14; En paradis qu^ai je a 
 f aire ? ib. 6, 25 ; aveuc ciax n'ai jou que f aire, ib. 6, 33 ; 
 De ce n'aves vos que faire, ib. 6, 18 ; Je ne vos sai or plus 
 que dire, Ch. L. 1080; Wi eiissiez que demorer, ib. 1626; 
 Plus que conter ne vos savroie, ib. 2161. 
 
 Precisely in what the omission consists — if this use of 
 que is due to an ellipsis — cannot be determined with 
 certainty. The verbs devoir and pooir naturally suggest 
 themselves as meeting all requirements, but the fact that 
 que with the infinitive is most often found after the 
 verb avoir makes it seem more probable that some form 
 of avoir with the preposition a was omitted; thus aveuc 
 ciax n'ai jou que (sc. faie a) favre. Whether these words 
 were ever in actual use or only existed vaguely in the 
 mind, it would be natural to omit them because of the 
 close recurrence of the same verb, as well as the awk- 
 wardness of the expression. 
 
 It is not likely that with demorer and targier, que 
 means " why, reason for which,^^ for apparently it occurs 
 only with verbs which have a transitive use, and is em- 
 ployed as an object. 
 
 Quel dolor * or some similar expression may have been 
 understood in exclamations introduced by de: 
 
 Filz Alexis, de ta dolente medre! St. Alex. 80a; Filz 
 Alexis, de la toe cham tendre! ib. 91a; chiers amis, 
 de ta jovente bele! ib. 96a; Lasse, cheitive, Del mellor 
 
 ®Cf. A las! quele dolur, Fiz, de ta colur, Omnip. 113a. It 
 is possible that ai, go est or the impersonal a originally com- 
 pleted the exclamation. 
 
The Phrase. 149 
 
 chevalier qui vive, Del plus franc et del plus jantil ! Erec 
 4347. 
 
 The complete form of the familiar qui ainz ainz evi- 
 dently does not exist : 
 
 Et qui ainz ainz des tantes issent, Erec 4204 ; Si s'an- 
 trevienent qui ainz ainz^ Clig. 4695 ; Et toz li peuples i 
 acort, Et un et autre, qui ainz ainz, ib. 6508 ; Que il s'an 
 fuient qui ainz ainz, Ch. L. 3258. 
 
 However, an inkling of the origin of this expression 
 may be gained from a consideration of the following 
 passage : Pitts tost i vint qui plus tost i pout corre, St. 
 Alex. 103b, which might easily have given rise to a qui 
 plus tost plus tost (i vin{d)rent) , Applying the reverse 
 manner of reasoning to qui ainz ainz, it is not difficult 
 to imagine, at least fairly correctly, that this expres- 
 sion is the result of contraction in sentences similar in 
 construction to the above passage from Saint Alexis, 
 Thus, for the first of the above examples, one may sup- 
 pose the complete form to have been : Qui ainz des tantes 
 puet {issir), ainz an ist^ 
 
 Horn, dame {cil, cele) qui est is usually omitted after 
 come and qu£ followed by an adjective : ^"^ 
 
 Si le requiert come hardiz, Erec 2879; Si les salue 
 come frans, ib. 3143; Eemenez, si feroiz que sages, ib. 
 4251. 
 
 'Cf. Villehardouin: II ne demandent mie chascuns qui 
 doit aler devant; mais qui angois puet angois arive, in Ex- 
 traits des chroniqueurs frangaiSy by G. Paris and A. Jean- 
 roy, p. 50, paragraph 3. 
 **• After come the omitted words sometimes occur: 
 Tiret sa barbe com hom qui est iriez, Rol. 2414; Charles 
 se dort com hom qui 'st travailliez, ib. 2525; Puis salua do- 
 ceement, Come cil qui esteit senez, Gr6g. 56-2. Cf. Vait le 
 ferir com hom molt vertudables, Rol. 3424; De sa destre 
 main s'est seigniee Come dame bien anseigniee, Erec 2383. 
 
150 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 Qui est is required in the following passage because 
 of the subsequent use of the relative pronoun preceded 
 by the conjunction et : ^ 
 
 "Ha/^ fet il, "janz fole et yilainne, Janz de tote 
 mauvestie plainne Et qui a toz biens a failli, Ch. L. 5119. 
 
 Se je truis ou, etc., is evidently elliptical, the idea 
 being, " If I find means by which to bring it about, 
 accomplish it '' : 
 
 Se je truis ou, molt grant bataille i iert, Eol. 2676; 
 S^il troevent ou, bataille cuident rendre, ib. 3004; S^il 
 troevent ou, bataille i iert molt grant, ib. 3025. 
 
 After si phrases are often understood : " 
 
 Charles est fiers, et si home vaillant. One ne vi gent 
 qui si fust combatant (sc. come els), Rol. 3515; Wi ot 
 chevalier si loe (sc. con lui), Erec 86; Lors comanga li 
 diaus si forz (sc. com il ainz pot). Quant Enide cheoir le 
 vit, ib. 4608; Qu^ele eschape lues et destant," Que riens 
 nule adoise a la clef, Ja n^i tochera si soef (sc. que ne 
 destande), Ch. L. 918; Que ja voir ne li avenist. Que si 
 vilmant se contenist (sc. com il fist), Se il n^eiist le san 
 perdu, ib. 2931. 
 
 So after tant a phrase is frequently unexpressed : " 
 
 La joie de la cort demant. Que nule rien tant ne covoit 
 (sc. come cele), Erec 5604; Mes de ce vos puis fol clamer, 
 Quant vos le m^avez tant cele (sc. com avez fet), Ch. L. 
 584; N^onques an ma vie n^anpris Bataille, don tant me 
 dossisse (sc. come me duel de cestui), Ne chevalier, cui 
 tant vossisse Conoistre (sc. come je vos vuel conoistre), 
 ne cuidai veoir, ib. 6242. 
 
 "This construction, originating in an ellipsis, remains in 
 Modern French, as: Bonaparte se decida d une mesure 
 terrible, et qui est le soul acte cruel de sa vie, L. A. Thiers' 
 UExpedition de Bonaparte en Egypte, by C. Fabregou, Bos- 
 ton, 1907, p. 53. 
 
 " See Tobler, V. B. 1, 110 ff. (article 19). 
 
 " Holland edition — descent. 
 
The Phrase. 151 
 
 This use of tant extends so that, as the ellipsis is less 
 clearly borne in mind, it virtually assumes the sense of 
 molt: 
 
 For ta seror, qui est tant gente, Greg. 4-24 ; la cortoise 
 dameisele. Qui tant est avenanz et bele, Ch. L. 703. 
 
 Ellipsis of the phrase after trop: ^* 
 
 N"e sa honte ne son enui N'e li loeroit ele mie ; Car trop 
 est sa leans amie, Ch. L. 1746. 
 
 The superlative is formed through the ellipsis of the 
 second term of the comparison; thus the comparative 
 acquires the force of the superlative : " 
 
 N^ot mal, don tant Poisse plaindre, Tant est ses maus 
 plus forz et graindre, Clig. 5483 ; le riens en tot le mont 
 que je plus amoie, Auc. 6, 9. 
 
 There are still many omissions of groups of words, 
 more difficult of classification, of which a few examples 
 follow : 
 
 Plainons ensemble le dol de nostre ami, Tu (sc. plain- 
 dras eel) del seinor, jo Tferai por mon fils, St. Alex. 31d; 
 Se revenisses ta ^spose conforter, (sc. go ne fust) Por 
 felonie nient ne por lastet, ib. 95d; Des ! cum grant duel 
 e quel damage (sc. ce est, or que je ne puisse morir), 
 Greg. 28-1; Deus, quels dous manages (sc. ceo est) ! 
 Eeim. 96a; Aussi con (sc. ce fust) por anveiseiire Prist 
 le destrier et monta sus, Erec 3962; Et but petit, que il 
 n'osa (sc. boivre molt), ib. 5169; Au tref le roi est re- 
 tornez Et tuit si conpaignon ansanble (sc. o lui), dig. 
 1200 ; La sepouture si assist Que nule autre chose n^i ot 
 (sc. a feire), ib. 6156 ; des qu'il vos plest (sc. a la bataille 
 comancier) Et devant toz Favez rovee, ISTe vos doit pas 
 estre veee, Ch. L. 2236; Qu'il plovoit a si grant desroi. 
 Con Damedeus avoit de quoi (sc. feire plovoir), ib. 4841. 
 
 "See Tobler, V. B. 1, 85 (article 15). 
 " See Nyrop, Oram. vol. 2, p. 320. 
 
152 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 A phrase is sometimes omitted because of words fol- 
 lowing in another clause : 
 
 For quant il puot tant fait de mel, St. Leg. 135; Fuis 
 se combatit (sc. od els) E toz les venquit, Keim. 46d; 
 Feites m^aparellier et querre, Que j^aie tot mon estovoir, 
 Erec 5268 ; Et li dist que, se il voloit, A mangier li apor- 
 teroit, Ch. L. 1043; Ce qu^ Amors viaut (sc. que j'aim), 
 doi Je amer, ib. 1453; Ses salue et met a reison, S'il 
 sevent, que il li apraingnent Noveles (sc. d'un chevalier) 
 et qu^il li ansaingnent Un chevalier, que ele quiert, ib. 
 5016. 
 
 NON-REPETITION OF THE PHRASE. 
 
 Many examples of this form of ellipsis are found: 
 
 " For la vostre amistet prez sui la meie port.'' " Et jo, 
 sire, (sc. sui prez que port) la meie/' dist Hugue, Fel. de 
 Ch. 806 ; Que mort I'abat, cui qu'en peist o cui non, Eol. 
 1279 ; Sanglent en at et Fhalberc et la brace, Ses bons 
 chevals le col et les espalles, ib. 1343; Que mains jeue 
 qu'ele ne siaut Et mains rit et mains esbanoie, Clig. 
 2998; Cist est an toz androiz Assez plus janz et plus 
 adroiz De celui d'ier as noires armes, Tant (sc. plus 
 janz) con pins est plus biaus que charmes, Et (sc. tant 
 plus janz con) li loriers (sc. est plus biaus) del seii, ib. 
 4775 ; Flus que nul de toz ses neveuz L'aimme li rois et 
 plus I'enore, ib. 5062; Ne je nel puis a moi retreire Ne 
 je ne quier ne je ne puis, ib. 5190; Don il ne fera ja 
 proiiere Ne autre por li, Ch. L. 1514; Qu'avuec aus 
 furent li meillor Des chevaliers et toz li plus, ib. 2692 ; 
 Set, que li lions Fan mercie Et que devant lui s'umelie 
 For le serpant, qu'il avoit mort, Et (sc. por) lui (sc. 
 qu'il avoit) delivre de la mort, ib. 3403; Si serai arse 
 sanz respit For mal de vos et por despit, ib. 3719. 
 
 After si and tant: " 
 
 Je ne me puis mes sostenir, Si sui atainz et sormenez, 
 Ch. L. 6300. — Et le p;rodome avuec sa fille. Qui an enor 
 
 "See Tobler, V. B. 1, 110 fP. (article 19). 
 
The Phrase. 153 
 
 feire s'essille, Tant est frans et de buene part, Ch. L. 
 705 ; Et li serpanz est venimeus, Si li saut par la boche 
 feus, Tant est de felonie plains, ib. 3359. 
 
 Phrase not repeated in a different form : 
 
 Sempre fist bien o que il puot, St. Leg. 40 ; De ses pers 
 priet a Deu que les apelt, Et puis de lui a Pangele Ga- 
 briel, Rol. 2261; Peine tei forment Plus que (sc. ne te 
 penereies a fuir) un serpent Pechie a fuir! Reim. 78a; 
 Qu'il n'i avoit si povre rue, Ne fust plainne de chevaliers 
 . . . N'ostel tant povre ne petit, Erec 552 ; Del hernois 
 a parler ne fet; Car la granz povre tez ne let (sc. a an 
 parler), ib. 735; Por quoi aussi come an prison Est 
 gardee an Costantinoble, Ja n'iert tant riche ne tant 
 noble, Uanpererriz, queus qu'ele soit, Clig. 6772; Le 
 deble est un de ceus, Le mund un autre de eus, Ke sunt 
 mut decevable. . . . E nostre char pulente ... (sc. 
 Fautre de eus) . . . N^ad nul si suttil Hume . . . Ke 
 ne seit deceu . . . Par acun des treis, Omnip. 7a. 
 
 Oie, (nl" naie, nenil. 
 
 Tobler's view, that o'il and nenil are derived from hoc 
 ille and non ille, has supplanted that of Perle" — ^that 
 they developed from hoc illud and non illud. It might 
 be added that they are more likely compounds of the 
 Gallic form of the Latin words, as are oie and mite." 
 
 These formulas of reply originated through ellipses of 
 the verb and of the phrase : 
 
 Oie: " Ene conissies vos que je vos ai pris? " " Sire, 
 oie " (= je conois), Auc. 10, 73 ; " me conissies vos ? ^' 
 fait Aucassins. " Oie, je sai bien que vos estes Aucas- 
 sins," ib. 24, 33 ; " Et vouriies vos que je vos en ven- 
 jasse?" " Oie,'' fait il, " volentiers,'' ib. 32, 5; "saves 
 
 "See Zts. f. vergl. Sprachforsch., N. F. 3 (1876), 423. 
 ^'Zts. f. r. Ph. 2 (1878), p. 4. 
 
 «>See G. Paris, Rom. 7 (1878), 465; Foerster, Zts. f. r. Ph. 
 2 (1878), 171. 
 
154 Ellipsis in Old French. 
 
 vos nient de cele Nicolete . . ? ^^ " Sire, oie, j^en sai 
 con de le plus france creature . . /^ ib. 40, 3. 
 
 Oil: "Est ce tote la fins?^^ fait Aucassins. "Si 
 m^ait dix/^ fait li peres, " oil/^ Auc. 10, 57 ; " sont ce ci 
 vostre anemi ? " " Oil sire," fait li rois, ib. 32, 3. 
 
 Naie: Cuidiez vos or que je vos die Queus achoisons 
 le fist mo voir? Naie (= je ne la vos dirai mie), Eree 
 6478; Qui le conoist?— Ne gie.— Ne gie, Clig. 4679; or 
 ne quidies mie que j^atendisse tant que Je trovasse un 
 coutel . . . Naie voir, tant n^atenderoie je mie, Auc. 
 14,7. 
 
 Je non also occurs, but not in place of naie: 
 
 " Car m'an dites voire novele, Se vos savez, ou il toma 
 Et s^il an nul leu sejorna ! " " Je non," f et il, " se Deus 
 me voie ! " Ch. L. 4920. 
 
 Nenil: Or ne quidies mie . . . qu^il ferist cevalier 
 ne autres lui ! Nenil niSnt ! Auc. 10, 6. 
 
 The omission of a phrase after a personal pronoun is 
 not confined to the negative: 
 
 " Que je sui de ceste bataille Outrez et recreanz sanz 
 faille I " " Mes gie I "— " Mes gie," fet cil et cil, Ch. L. 
 6355. 
 
 With volentiers phrases are often not repeated : ^ 
 " Proiiez Tan, nies ! " " Volantiers, sire," Clig. 4975. 
 
 **The phrase is sometimes omitted when volentiers is 
 accompanied by the personal pronoun: Or di coment. — je 
 volentiers, Eles 611 (cited by Tobler, V. B. 1, 4). 
 
CONCLUSION 
 
 It has been seen that occurrences of ellipsis are very 
 numerous, and that the kinds of omission are many, for 
 ellipsis affects practically every part of speech as well as 
 groups of words. Most of the omissions are intentional, 
 and result from a desire to avoid unnecessary words. 
 Non-repetition has been found to be the most usual kind 
 of such omissions, for it serves to relieve the sentence of 
 awkwardness of expression. Among unintentional omis- 
 sions, which, resulting from the fusion of similar sounds, 
 are comparatively few, several striking examples of 
 ellipsis have appeared. 
 
 In the progress of the work, we have studied the origin 
 of those ellipses which seemed to require explanation, and 
 have attempted to establish more precise information 
 concerning the meaning and use of certain words and 
 constructions. It is believed that "coalescence^^ and 
 " the non-repetition of closely recurring words and syl- 
 lables '^ have been shown to possess real importance, and 
 to be distinct phases of ellipsis — facts which seem hith- 
 erto to have escaped notice. And it is hoped that the 
 present study may give rise to further investigation and 
 the discovery of other noteworthy ellipses. 
 
YITA. 
 
 The author of this dissertation was born in Upper 
 Eed Hook, New York, September 1, 1885, and received 
 his elementary instruction in the New York Public 
 Schools. After passing through the Academic Depart- 
 ment of the College of the City of New York, he entered 
 the latter institution, from which he received the degree 
 of B. A. in 1904. The following year, after several 
 months' residence in Paris, he began studies under the 
 Faculty of Philosophy of Columbia University, which 
 have continued until the present time under the instruc- 
 tion and guidance of Professor Henry A. Todd in Ro- 
 mance Philology, Professor Adolphe Cohn, Professor 
 Carlo L. Speranza and Professor Louis A. Loiseaux in 
 Romance Literatures, and Professor Jefferson B. 
 Fletcher and Dr. George P. Krapp in English. He 
 taught in the New York Public Schools from 1904 to 
 1907, and was then appointed to the College of the City 
 of New York as tutor in French, which position he still 
 holds. 
 
14 DAY USE 
 
 RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED 
 
 LOAN DEPT. 
 
 This book is due on the last date stamped below, or 
 
 on the date to which renewed. 
 
 Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. 
 
 ^fm! S4 
 
 Skr)'62jG 
 
 I 
 
 RiHCi-* '-^ 
 
 ■ v:..^-.r 
 
 ;;^.? 
 
 .l UN 5 1:^3^ 
 
 -J AN 2 '68 -8 AM 
 
 -UOl 
 
 301966 ^J UN 41 991 
 
 nmoDisi; JUN 1 at 99 0, 
 
 S 1 ACK5 
 
 \tA 
 
 noM 1^ 
 
 ^m 
 
 '^m LP 
 
 LD 21A-50m-3,'62 
 (C7097slO)47CI5 
 
 General Library 
 
 University of California 
 
 Berkeley 
 
U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 
 
 C03nflTSS5